Huawei Handover PDF

Handover
Page 1 of 148
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Feature Parameter Description
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are the property of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their
respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the commercial contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or partial products, services and features
described in this document may not be within the purchased scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise agreed by the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in
this document are provided AS IS without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all
statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
Page 2 of 148
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 3 of 148
Contents
1 Introduction
1.1 Scope
1.2 Intended Audience
1.3 Change History
2 Overview of Handover
3 Intra-Frequency Handover
3.1 Overview
3.2 Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure
3.3 Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement
3.4 Intra-Frequency Handover Decision and Execution
3.5 Rate Reduction After an SHO Failure
3.6 Signaling Procedures for Intra-Frequency Handover
3.6.1 Intra-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure
3.6.2 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure
3.6.3 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure
3.6.4 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure
3.6.5 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure
4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

4.1 Overview
4.2 Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Handover Switches
4.3 Signaling Procedures for Inter-Frequency Handover
4.3.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Within One RNC
4.3.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Between RNCs
4.4 Signaling Procedures for Inter-RAT Handover
4.4.1 3G-to-2G Handover in the CS Domain
4.4.2 3G-to-2G Handover in the PS Domain
4.4.3 3G-to-2G Handover in Both CS Domain and PS Domain
5 Coverage or QoS Handover

5.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Procedure
5.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement
5.2.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Report Modes
5.2.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Quantity
5.2.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Events
5.2.4 BSIC Verification Requirements for 2G Cells
5.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution
5.3.1 Inter-Frequency Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution
5.3.2 3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover Decision and Execution
5.4 Rules for 3G-to-2G Coverage or QoS Handover
5.5 3G-to-2G NACC
5.6 3G-to-2G PS Handover
5.7 2G-to-3G Handover
6 Load Handover
6.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover
6.1.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Procedure
6.1.2 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Measurement
6.1.3 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Decision and Execution
6.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover
6.2.1 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Procedure
6.2.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Measurement
6.2.3 Inter-RAT LDR Handover decision and Execution
6.3 Inter-RAT Service Handover
6.3.1 Switches for Inter-RAT Service Handover
6.3.2 Inter-RAT Service Handover Procedure
6.4 Rules for Enabling Inter-RAT LDR or Service Handover
6.5 Interchanging Inter-RAT Load Information
7 HSPA Handover
7.1 HSDPA Handover
7.1.1 HSDPA Intra-Frequency Handover
7.1.2 HSDPA Inter-Frequency Handover
7.1.3 HSDPA Inter-RAT Handover
7.2 HSUPA Handover
7.2.1 HSUPA Intra-Frequency Handover
7.2.2 HSUPA Inter-Frequency Handover
7.2.3 HSUPA Inter-RAT Handover
7.3 HSPA+ Handover
7.3.1 Overview
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 4 of 148
7.3.2 Preselection Phase

7.3.3 Fallback Phase
7.3.4 Retry Phase
7.4 Anti-Frequent Serving Cell Change
7.5 HSPA Retry
8 HCS Handover
8.1 Overview
8.2 HCS Handover Procedure
8.3 UE Speed Estimation
8.4 HCS Handover Measurement
8.5 HCS Handover Execution
8.6 Signaling Procedure of HCS Handover
8.7 Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Other Handovers
9 Blind Handover
10 Handover Protection
10.1 Anti-Ping-Pong
10.2 Handover Retry
10.2.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Retry
10.2.2 Inter-RAT (3G to 2G) Handover Retry
10.3 Inter-RAT Multimedia Fallback
10.4 Transfering Event Report to Periodical Report
11 Neighboring Cell Combination

12 Compressed Mode
13 Parameters
14 Counters
15 Glossary
16 Reference Documents
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 5 of 148
1 Introduction
1.1 Scope
The document describes the handover functional area. It provides an overview of the main functions and goes into details regarding handover.
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for:
Personnel who are familiar with WCDMA basics
Personnel who need to understand handover
Personnel who work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History

This section provides information on the changes in different document versions.
There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
Feature change: refers to the change in the handover feature.
Editorial change: refers to the change in wording or the addition of the information that was not described in the earlier version.
Document Issues
The document issues are as follows:
02 (2010-06-20)
01 (2010-03-30)
Draft (2009-12-05)
02 (2010-06-20)
This is the document for the third commercial release of RAN11.0.
Compared with 02 (2009-06-30) of RAN11.1, this issue incorporates no feature changes.
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Feature
change
None.
The parameter EHSPACMPermissionInd is

added to 12 Compressed Mode.
Editorial
change
None.
None.
01 (2010-03-30)
This is the document for the first commercial release of RAN12.0.
Compared with issue Draft (2009-12-05) of RAN12.0, this issue optimizes the description.
Draft (2009-12-05)
This is the draft of the document.
Compared with issue 02 (2009-06-30) of RAN11.0, this issue incorporates the changes described in the following table.
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Feature
change
HCS traffic absorption is removed.
The parameters deleted are as follows:
HSPA+ handover is moved from HSPA+

Feature Parameter Description to this
document.
None
Compatibility Switch for Dual-frequency

Receiver is introduced in RAN12.0
The parameters added are as follows:
None
None
INTER_FREQ_TA
CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH
Editorial
change
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 6 of 148
2 Overview of Handover
Handover is a basic function of the cellular mobile network. The purpose of handover is to ensure that a UE in CELL_DCH state is served continuously when it moves.
Figure 2-1 shows the handovers supported by the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), which include intra-frequency handover, inter-frequency handover,
and inter-RAT handover.
Figure 2-1 Handovers supported by the UMTS
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 7 of 148
3 Intra-Frequency Handover
3.1 Overview
Intra-frequency handover is classified into:
Intra-frequency soft handover: Multiple radio links are connected to the UE at the same time.
Intra-frequency hard handover: Only one radio link is connected to the UE.
Intra-Frequency Soft Handover

Intra-frequency soft handover is more commonly used than intra-frequency hard handover. The types of intra-frequency soft handover are as follows:
Intra-NodeB soft handover (WRFD-020201 Intra Node B Softer Handover, also known as softer handover)
Intra-RNC inter-NodeB soft handover (WRFD-020202 Intra RNC Soft Handover)
Inter-RNC soft handover (WRFD-020203Inter RNC Soft Handover)
Intra-frequency soft handover is characterized by the function that the UE can be connected to multiple Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN) access points at
the same time. Addition and/or release of radio links are controlled by the ACTIVE SET UPDATE procedure.
Table 3-1 Differences between soft handover and softer handover
Item
Softer Handover
Soft Handover
Scenario
When the UE is in the overlapped

coverage area of multiple neighboring
cells of a NodeB with combined RLs
When the UE is in the overlapped coverage

area of two neighboring cells of different
NodeBs
When the UE communicates with

multiple cells by setting up multiple
channels over the Uu interface
When the UE communicates with different cells

by setting up multiple channels over the Uu
interface
Uplink signal Using maximum-ratio combination
Using selective combination
Downlink
signal
Using maximum-ratio combination
Using maximum-ratio combination
Resource use Occupying less Iub bandwidth
Occupying more Iub bandwidth
The HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH parameter is used to determine whether to enable both soft handover and softer handover. By default, this switch is set to ON,
indicating that both soft handover and softer handover are enabled. After the RNC receives the event 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D report, it initiates the corresponding soft handover
procedure for the UE. For example, the RNC can add or delete links.
The DivCtrlField parameter indicates whether maximum-ratio combination is enabled in the uplink during softer handover. When the NodeB decides not to perform maximumratio combination (softer combination), the RNC performs selective combination.
Intra-Frequency Hard Handover

Intra-frequency hard handover (WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover) refers to a handover where all the old radio links are released before the new radio links are
established. Compared with soft handover, intra-frequency hard handover uses fewer resources.
The scenarios of intra-frequency hard handover are as follows:
No Iur interface is present between RNCs. In this scenario, intra-frequency hard handover instead of soft handover can be performed between two RNCs.
The Iur interface is congested between RNCs. In this scenario, also intra-frequency hard handover instead of soft handover can be performed between two RNCs.
The intra-frequency soft handover fails and intra-frequency hard handover is allowed.
When intra-frequency soft handover fails because of a congestion problem of the target cell, the RNC tries an intra-frequency hard handover with a lower service bit rate.
The HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH parameter is used to determine whether to enable intra-frequency hard handover. By default, this switch is set to ON.
Inter RNC Handover

When the target cell under the target RNC fulfils the criteria for intra-frequency soft handover, intra- or inter-frequency hard handover, the conditions that the handover over Iur is
triggered are as follows:
Whether the Iur interface is available depends on the setting of the following two parameters according to handover types:
Whether intra- or inter- frequency hard handover is allowed over the Iur interface depends on the setting of the HHOTRIG parameter.
Whether inter RNC soft Handover is allowed depends on the setting of the SHOTRIG parameter.
The SHOTRIG parameter consists of three subswitches:

CS_SHO_SWTICH: If CS_SHO_SWTICH is checked, soft handover for CS service over the Iur interface is allowed.
HSPA_SHO_SWTICH: If HSPA_SHO_SWTICH is checked, soft handover for HSPA service over the Iur interface is allowed.
NON_HSPA_SHO_SWTICH: If NON_HSPA_SHO_SWTICH is checked, soft handover for non-HSPA PS service over the Iur interface is allowed.
If the RRC connection has been set up but the Radio Bearers (RBs) have not, whether a cross-Iur soft handover can be executed is determined by
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH parameter. Only if the switch is set to ON, can the cross-Iur soft handover be executed.
3.2 Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure

The intra-frequency handover procedure involves three phases: handover measurement, handover decision, and handover execution.
After the UE transits to the CELL_DCH state in connected mode during a call, the RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to instruct the UE to take measurements
and report the measurement event results.
The MEASUREMENT CONTROL message carries the following information:
Event trigger threshold
Hysteresis value
Event trigger delay time
Neighboring cell list
Upon the reception of an event report from the UE, the RNC makes a handover decision and performs the corresponding handover, as shown in Figure 3-1.
Figure 3-1 Intra-frequency handover procedure
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 8 of 148
3.3 Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement

In the measurement phase, the UE takes measurements according to the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message received from the RNC. When the event triggering conditions
are met, the UE sends measurement reports to the RNC according to the rules defined in the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.
Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Quantities

Intra-frequency handover uses Ec/No or RSCP of the CPICH as the measurement value. Intra-frequency handover measurement quantity can be configured through the
parameter IntraFreqMeasQuantity.
Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Events

In intra-frequency handover, the UE reports measurement results to the RNC through event reporting.
Event
Description
1A
A primary CPICH enters the reporting range. This indicates that the quality of a cell is close
to the quality of the best cell in the active set. A relatively high combined gain can be
achieved when the cell is added to the active set.
1B
A primary CPICH leaves the reporting range. This indicates that a cell has a lower quality
than the best cell in the active set. The cell has to be deleted from the active set.
1C
A non-active primary CPICH becomes better than an active primary CPICH. This indicates
that the quality of a cell is better than the quality of the worst cell in the active set. The RNC
replaces a cell in the active set with a cell in the monitored set.
1D
The best cell changes.
Triggering of Event 1A
Event 1A is triggered under the following condition:
10 x Log(MNew) + CIONew W x 10 x Log(
) + (1 - W) x 10 x Log(MBest) - (R1a - H1a/2)
MNew is the measurement value of the cell in the reporting range.
CIONew is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which adjusts the cell boundary in the handover algorithms. This parameter is determined by network planning according
to actual environment configuration. To facilitate handover in neighboring cell configuration, the parameter is set as a positive value; otherwise, the parameter is set as a
negative value.
W represents Weighted factor, which is determined by the parameter Weight. The total quality of the best cell and the active set is specified by W.
Mi is the measurement value of a cell in the active set.
NA is the number of cells not forbidden to affect the reporting range in the active set. The parameter CellsForbidden1A indicates whether adding the cell to the active set
affects the relative threshold of event 1A.
MBest is the measurement value of the best cell in the active set.
R1a is the reporting range or the relative threshold of soft handover. The threshold parameters of the CS non-VP service, VP service, and PS service are as follows:
IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP
IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP
IntraRelThdFor1APS
For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold for CS services is used.
For the single signaling connection of the UE, the threshold for CS services is used.
H1a represents 1A hysteresis, the hysteresis value of event 1A
Figure 3-2 shows the triggering of event 1A. In this procedure, the default parameter values are used.
If the signal quality of a cell that is not in the active set is higher than Th1A for a period of time specified by TrigTime1A (that is, Time to trigger in Figure 3-2), the UE reports
event 1A.
Th1A = (CPICH Ec/No of the best cell in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1A)
If Weighted factor > 0, then Th1A = (general signal quality of all the cells in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1A).
Reporting range for event 1A is equal to the value of IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP, IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP, or IntraRelThdFor1APS.
Figure 3-2 Triggering of event 1A
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 9 of 148
A: signal quality curve of the best cell in the active set
B: signal quality curve of a cell in the monitored set
C: curve of Th1A
Triggering of Event 1B
Event 1B is triggered under the following condition:
10 x Log(Mold) + CIOold W x 10 x Log(

) + (1-W) x 10 x Log(MBest) - (R1b+H1b/2)
MOld is the measurement value of the cell that becomes worse.
CIOOld is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which is the offset between the cell in the reporting range and the best cell in the active set.
W represents Weighted factor, used to weight the quality of the active set. The total quality of the best cell and the active set is specified by the parameter Weight.
Mi is the measurement value of a cell in the active set.
NB is the number of cells not forbidden to affect the reporting range in the active set. The parameter CellsForbidden1B indicates whether adding the cell to the active set
affects the relative threshold of event 1B.
R1b is the reporting range or the relative threshold of soft handover. The threshold parameters of the CS non-VP service, VP service, and PS services are as follows:
IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP
IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP
IntraRelThdFor1BPS
For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold for CS services is used.
If the UE currently has only signaling connections, the threshold for CS services is used.
H1b is the hysteresis value of event 1B, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1B.
Configuration rule and restriction

The value of IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP.
The value of IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP.
The value of IntraRelThdFor1BPS has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1APS.
Figure 3-3 shows the triggering of event 1B. In this procedure, the default parameter values are used.
Figure 3-3 Triggering of event 1B
B: signal quality curve of the best cell in the monitored set
C: curve of Th1B
Th1B = (CPICH Ec/No of the best cell in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1B)
Where,
Reporting range for event 1B is equal to the value of IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP, IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP, or IntraRelThdFor1BPS.
If Weight > 0, then Th1B = (general signal quality of all the cells in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1B).
If the signal quality of a cell in the active set is lower than Th1B for a period of time specified by TrigTime1B (Time to trigger in the figure), the UE reports event 1B.
Triggering of Event 1C
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 10 of 148
Event 1C is triggered under the following condition:

10 x Log(MNew) + CIONew 10 x Log(MInAS) + CIOInAS + H1c/2
MNew is the measurement value of the cell in the reporting range.
CIONew is the cell individual offset value of the cell in the reporting range. It is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which is the offset between the cell in the reporting
range and the best cell in the active set.
MInAS is the measurement value of the worst cell in the active set.
H1c is the hysteresis value of event 1C, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1C.
Figure 3-4 shows the triggering of event 1C. In this procedure, the default parameter values are used.
Figure 3-4 Triggering of event 1C
B: signal quality curve of a cell in the active set
C: signal quality curve of the worst cell in the active set
D: signal quality curve of a cell in the monitored set
E: curve of Th1C
Th1C = (CPICH Ec/No of the worst cell in the active set) + (hysteresis/2)
Where,
Hysteresis is equal to the value of Hystfor1C.
If the signal quality of a cell not in the active set is higher than Th1C for a period of time specified by TrigTime1C (Time to trigger in the figure), the UE reports event 1C, as
shown in the figure.
The UE reports event 1C for qualified cells after the number of cells in the active set reaches the maximum value. The maximum number of cells in the active set can be set by
the MaxCellInActiveSet parameter.
Triggering of Event 1D
Event 1D is triggered under the following condition:
10 x Log(MNotBest) + CIONotBest 10 x Log(MBest) + CIOBest + H1d/2
MNotBest is the measurement value of a cell that is not the best cell.
CIONotBest is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which is the offset between the cell in the reporting range and the best cell in the active set.
CIOBest is the cell individual offset value of the best cell. This parameter is not used for event 1D.
H1d is the hysteresis value of event 1D, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1D.
Figure 3-5 shows the triggering of event 1D. In this procedure, the default parameter values are used.
Figure 3-5 Triggering of event 1D
B: signal quality curve of a cell in the active set or the monitored set
C: curve of Th1D

Hysteresis is equal to the value of Hystfor1D.
If the signal quality of a cell not in the active set is higher than Th1D for a period of time specified by TrigTime1D (Time to trigger in the figure), the UE reports event 1D.
3.4 Intra-Frequency Handover Decision and Execution

The intra-frequency handover decision and execution procedure depends on the different measurement events that the RNC receives.
When receiving an event 1A, 1C, or 1D report, the RNC adds a target cell to the active set only when the CPICH Ec/No of the target cell is higher than the absolute threshold
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 11 of 148
SHOQualmin.
Table 3-2 lists different types of intra-frequency handover decision and execution based on different events.
Table 3-2 Intra-frequency handover decision and execution
Event
Decision and Execution
1A
When receiving an event 1A report, the RNC decides whether to add a cell.
For event 1A, the UE can report more than one cell in the event list in one measurement
report. These cells are in the list of the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message, and they are
sequenced in descending order of measurement quantity.
For the cells in the list, the RNC adds the radio link to the active set only if the number of cells
in the active set does not reach the maximum value. This operation is not required if the
number of cells in the active set reaches a specified value.
1B
When receiving an event 1B report, the RNC decides whether to delete a cell.
For event 1B, if there is more than one radio link in the active set, the RNC decides whether to
delete a radio link. This operation is not required if there is only one radio link in the active set.
1C
When receiving an event 1C report, the RNC decides whether to change the worst cell.
For event 1C, the UE reports a list that contains good cells and the cells to be replaced, and
sequences the cells in descending order by measurement quantity. After receiving the list from
the UE, the RNC replaces the bad cells in the active set with the good cells in the list.
1D
As stipulated in related protocols, an event 1D report includes information about only one cell.
This cell can be listed in an active set or a monitored set. The RNC learns that the quality of
this cell is better than that of the serving cell and takes one of the following actions:
If the reported cell is in the active set, the RNC decides whether to change the best cell or
reconfigure measurement control.
If the reported cell is in the monitored set, then:
If the number of cells in the active set has not reached the maximum value, the RNC adds
the cell to the active set.
If the number of cells in the active set has reached the maximum value, the RNC replaces
the worst cell in the active set with the reported cell.
The best cell is changed to the reported cell.
The RNC determines whether the intra-frequency hard handover scenarios are applicable. If
any scenario is applicable, the RNC performs an intra-frequency hard handover.
3.5 Rate Reduction After an SHO Failure

If the radio link fails to be added for a soft handover, the rate reduction is triggered for R99 Non Real Time (NRT) services to increase the probability of a successful soft
handover.
Estimation Procedure for Rate Reduction

If the RNC receives a 1A, 1C, or 1D measurement report, the RNC tries to add the corresponding cell to the active set. If the addition fails, the RNC performs the estimation
procedure for rate reduction.
Figure 3-6 Estimation procedure for rate reduction
1. The RNC evaluates whether the measurement quantity of the cell failing to be admitted meets the condition of rate reduction.
If
the condition is met, the RNC performs a rate reduction process for the access service immediately, as described in the next section Procedure of Rate Reduction
Execution.
If
the condition is not met, the RNC performs the next step (Step 2).
The condition of rate reduction is as follows: Mnew > Mbest_cell - RelThdForDwnGrd

M
new is the CPICH Ec/No measurement value of the cell failing to be admitted.
M
best_cell is the CPICH Ec/No measurement value of the best cell in the active set.
RelThdForDwnGrd
is a parameter.
2. The RNC evaluates whether the number of SHO failures in the cell exceeds the ShoFailNumForDwnGrd.
If the number of SHO failures in the cell is smaller than the ShoFailNumForDwnGrd:
If
the timer has not been started, the RNC starts it.
If
the timer has been started, the RNC increments the SHO failure counter by one.
The timer length is set through the parameter ShoFailPeriod.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 12 of 148
The SHO failure counter of a cell is used to record the number of SHO failures in this cell. For each UE, the RNC records the number of SHO failures in three cells at most.
For SHO failures in any other cells, the RNC does not record the number.
Before the SHO failure evaluation timer expires, no action is taken and the RNC waits for the next measurement report period.
When the SHO failure evaluation timer expires, the RNC sets the SHO failure counter of the corresponding cell to 0 and ends the evaluation.
If the number of SHO failures in the cell is larger than or equal to the parameter ShoFailNumForDwnGrd, the RNC performs a rate reduction process for the access service,
Procedure of Rate Reduction Execution

Figure 3-7 Procedure of rate reduction execution
1. The RNC performs a rate reduction process for the access service. The method of determining the access rate after the rate reduction is the same as that described in Rate
Negotiation of Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
2. After the rate reduction succeeds, the RNC immediately attempts to add this cell to the active set without measurement:
If the cell succeeds in admitting the UE, the RNC adds the radio link and sets the SHO failure counter of the cell to 0 and ends the execution.
If the cell fails to admit the UE, the RNC starts the penalty timer (DcccShoPenaltyTime) to avoid an increase in the rate triggered by DCCC within the period. Also in this
period, the RNC sets the SHO failure counter of the cell to 0 and ends the execution.
If the RNC fails to perform a soft handover again, it performs the estimation procedure and the execution procedure, as previously described.
3.6 Signaling Procedures for Intra-Frequency Handover

3.6.1 Intra-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure
This section describes the signaling procedure for intra-frequency soft handover within a NodeB.
Figure 3-8 shows the procedure for intra-frequency soft handover when the UE moves from one cell to another cell within the same NodeB.
Figure 3-8 Procedure for intra-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover
The connections involved in the intra-NodeB intra-frequency softer handover change are as follows:
Before the softer handover, only cell 1 is connected to the UE.
During the softer handover, both cell 1 and cell 2 are connected to the UE.
After the softer handover, only cell 2 is connected to the UE. Cell 1 is removed from the active set.
Figure 3-9 Signaling procedure for intra-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 13 of 148
3.6.2 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure

This section describes the signaling procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover.
Figure 3-8 shows the procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover.
Figure 3-10 Procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover
Before the soft handover, only NodeB 1 is connected to the UE.
During the soft handover, both NodeBs are connected to the UE.
After the soft handover, only NodeB 2 is connected to the UE. The active set of NodeB 1 is removed.
Figure 3-11 Signaling procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover
3.6.3 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 14 of 148
This section describes the signaling procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover.
Figure 3-8 shows the procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover.
Figure 3-12 Procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover
Before the soft handover, the UE is connected to NodeB 1 and NodeB 2.
After the SRNC makes a soft handover decision, it sets up a connection between NodeB 3 under another RNC and the UE, and releases the connection between NodeB 1
and the UE.
Figure 3-13 Signaling procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover
3.6.4 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure

The signaling procedure of intra-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover is similar to that of Intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover. This section describes the
signaling procedure for only the intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover.
Figure 3-14 Procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover
Figure 3-15 Signaling procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 15 of 148
As shown in Figure 3-15, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB and NodeB 2 is the target NodeB.
3.6.5 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure

Figure 3-16 shows the procedure for intra-frequency hard handover when a UE moves from one NodeB in an SRNC to another NodeB in a DRNC.
Figure 3-16 Procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency hard handover
Figure 3-17 Signaling procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency hard handover
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 16 of 148
As shown in Figure 3-17, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB and NodeB 2 is the target NodeB.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 17 of 148
4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

4.1 Overview
Based on the handover triggering causes, the inter-frequency and Inter-RAT handover falls into five categories, as described in Table 4-1.
Inter-RAT handover refers to the handover performed between 3G network and 2G network.
This section mainly describes the 3G-to2G coverage handover and QoS handover. Except the cause of the triggering is different, the handover procedure is the same for the
coverage handover and QoS handover.
Table 4-1 Types of inter-frequency and inter-RAT handover
Type
Description
Coverage
handover
WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage
WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage
Coverage handover involves the following features:
If a moving UE leaves the coverage of the current frequency, the RNC needs to trigger
the coverage-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover to avoid call drops.
For details, see 5 Coverage or QoS Handover.
QoS
handover
QoS handover involves the following features:

WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS
WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS
If the link quality becomes worse, the Link Stability Control Algorithm may trigger the
QoS-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover to avoid call drops.
For details, see 5 Coverage or QoS Handover.
LDR
handover
When the LDR function detects the basic congestion, the RNC chooses some UEs and
performs the inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover according to user priorities and
service priorities to balance the load between inter-frequency or inter-RAT cells.
For details, see 6 Load Handover.
Service
handover
Service handover involves the feature WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on

Service
Based on layered services, the traffic of different classes is handed over to different
systems. For example, when an Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR) speech service is requested,
this service can be handed over to the 2G network.
For details, see 6 Load Handover.
HCS
handover
HCS handover involves the feature WRFD-021200 HCS.

Inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover can be triggered by the UE speed estimation
algorithm of the HCS. To reduce frequent handovers, the UE at a higher speed is
handed over to a cell under a larger coverage, whereas the UE at a lower speed is
handed over to a cell under a smaller coverage.
For details, see 8 HCS Handover.
4.2 Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Handover Switches

Some switches are important for inter-frequency handover because they decide whether the handover can be performed successfully. These switches are the parameter values
of handover algorithm switches in the command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH, as described below.
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the RNC allows inter-frequency handover.
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the RNC allows inter-RAT handover of the PS domain from the UTRAN.
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the RNC allows inter-RAT handover of the CS domain from the UTRAN.
HHOTRIG: The switch decides whether intra- or inter- frequency hard handover is allowed over the Iur interface.
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: The switch decides when the RNC performs the active set signal quality measurement before the RB setup. If the UE is at the cell verge or the
signal is weak signals after accessing the network, the RNC can trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover when the UE sets up the RRC.
If the switch is set to ON, the RNC initiates the active set quality measurement after the RRC connection setup is completed (before the RB setup).
If the switch is set to OFF, the RNC initiates the active set quality measurement after the RB setup is completed.
The switch is set to OFF by default.
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the neighboring cell will be sent in the inter-frequency measurement control message when the
frequency of the neighboring cell is not included in the measurement capability of the UE. The reported measurement capability of the UE is not the same as the actual
measurement capability of the UE. Measurement capability at some frequencies may not be reported due to the limitation of the version of UE protocol.
If the switch is set to ON, the RNC sends the inter-frequency measurement control message with the neighboring cell, whose frequency is not included in the measurement
capability of the UE.
If the switch is set to OFF, the RNC sends the inter-frequency measurement control message without the neighboring cell, whose frequency is not included in the
measurement capability of the UE.
The switch is set to OFF by default.
4.3 Signaling Procedures for Inter-Frequency Handover

4.3.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Within One RNC
Figure 4-1 shows the inter-frequency handover for a UE that moves from NodeB 1 to NodeB 2 within one RNC. Before the handover, the UE sets up a connection to NodeB 1.
After the handover, the UE sets up a connection to NodeB 2.
The signaling procedure of inter-frequency handover within one NodeB is similar to that between NodeBs within one RNC.
Figure 4-1 Inter-frequency handover between NodeBs within one RNC
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 18 of 148
Figure 4-2 Signaling procedure for inter-frequency handover between NodeBs within one RNC
As shown in Figure 4-2, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB, whereas NodeB 2 is the target NodeB. From step 1 through step 6, a new connection is set up. From step 7 through step
9, the original connection is released.
4.3.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Between RNCs

Figure 4-3 shows the signaling procedure for inter-frequency hard handover for a UE that moves from a NodeB to another NodeB between the RNCs. Before the handover, the
UE sets up a connection to NodeB 1. After the handover, the UE sets up a connection to NodeB 2.
Figure 4-3 Inter-frequency hard handover between the RNCs
Figure 4-4 Signaling procedure for inter-frequency hard handover between the RNCs
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 19 of 148
NodeB 1 is the source NodeB, whereas NodeB 2 is the target NodeB. From step 1 through step 10, a new connection is set up. From step 11 through step 13, the original
connection is released.
4.4 Signaling Procedures for Inter-RAT Handover

Figure 4-5 shows the signaling procedure for the 3G-to-2G handover in the CS domain. The 2G messages shown in Figure 4-5 are for your reference only.
Figure 4-5 3G-to-2G handover in the CS domain

When a UE in idle mode or connected mode, if the SGSN changes with the shift of the system that the UE accesses from 3G network to 2G network, the inter-SGSN handover
will be performed.
The handover procedures are different in the following two cases:
When the UE is in CELL_DCH state

The 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain is triggered after the UTRAN sends a CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN message.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 20 of 148
When the UE is in CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state

The 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain is triggered through the cell reselection.
The following figure shows an example of handover for the UE in CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state. When the UE is in idle mode, the cell reselection procedure
does not include the elementary procedures marked "UE CONNECTED" in Figure 4-6.
Figure 4-6 Example of the 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain
4.4.3 3G-to-2G Handover in Both CS Domain and PS Domain

This section describes the 3G-to-2G handover in both CS domain and PS domain in detail.
Inter-RAT Handover in Both CS Domain and PS Domain

For a UE in CELL_DCH state using both CS and PS domain services, the inter-RAT handover procedure is based on the measurement reports from the UE but is initiated from
the UTRAN.
The UE performs the inter-RAT handover from UTRA RRC connected mode to GSM connected mode first. After the UE sends a HANDOVER COMPLETE message to the
GSM/BSS, the UE initiates a temporary block procedure towards the GPRS to suspend the GPRS services. After the CS domain services are released on the GSM side, the
inter-RAT handover in the PS domain is initiated and then completed.
If the inter-RAT handover from UTRA RRC Connected Mode to GSM Connected Mode succeeds, the handover is regarded as successful, no matter whether the UE initiates a
temporary block procedure towards the GPRS.
In case of inter-RAT handover failure, the UE may go back to the UTRA RRC Connected Mode and re-establish the connection in the original state.
SGSN Service Suspend and Resume

When the CS connection is terminated, the BSS may send a RESUME message to the SGSN. However, resume is impossible since the radio access system has changed.
Therefore, the SGSN acknowledges the resume through a RESUME NACK message.
The UE sends a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message to the SGSN to resume the GPRS service. The update mode depends on the network operation mode in use.
Figure 4-7 Intra-SGSN service suspend and resume
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 21 of 148
Figure 4-8 Inter-SGSN service suspend and resume

When a GSM cell has a neighboring UMTS cell, the measurement control information is contained in the system information. The dual-mode MS performs the inter-RAT
measurement in idle timeslots and reports the measurement result. Then, the BSC decides whether to start the inter-RAT handover according to the measurement result.
The GSM system uses time division multiple access technology, and the inter-RAT measurement is performed in idle timeslots. Therefore, the GSM need not support the
compressed mode.
Figure 4-9 2G-to-3G handover in the CS domain

Figure 4-10 shows the 2G-to-3G handover in the PS domain.
Figure 4-10 2G-to-3G handover in PS domain
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 22 of 148
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 23 of 148
5 Coverage or QoS Handover

If a moving UE leaves the coverage area of the current frequency or the link quality degrades, the RNC triggers the coverage-based or QoS-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT
handover to avoid call drops. The QoS handover procedure is the same as the coverage handover procedure.
5.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Procedure

Figure 5-1 shows the procedure for the coverage or QoS handover.
Figure 5-1 Coverage or QoS handover procedure
In the triggering phase

If the CPICH of the current cell becomes worse, the UE reports the event 2D. Then the RNC initiates the coverage handover.
If the link quality of the current service deteriorates, the Link Stability Control Algorithm makes a QoS handover decision. Then the RNC initiate the QoS handover.
In the measurement phase

The RNC sends an inter-frequency measurement control message to the UE, requesting the NodeB and UE to start the compressed mode. The RNC also requests the UE to
perform the inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover measurement.
If the CPICH of the current cell becomes better, the UE reports the event 2F. Then the RNC stops the compressed mode and the coverage handover.
In this phase, the method of either periodical measurement report or event-triggered measurement report can be used.
In the decision phase

After the UE reports event 2B or 3A, the RNC performs the handover. Or the UE periodically generates measurement reports, and the RNC makes a decision after evaluation.
In the execution phase

The RNC executes the handover procedure.
5.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement

In the measurement phase of inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, the UE takes measurement according to the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message received from the
RNC. When the measurement report conditions are met, the UE sends measurement reports to the RNC according to the rules defined in the MEASUREMENT CONTROL
message.
For detailed information on the quality estimation, see section "Frequency Quality Estimate" in 3GPP TS 25.331.
5.2.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Report Modes

The coverage-based and QoS-based handover use event-triggered or periodical measurement report mode.
InterFreqReportMode: The measurement report mode of inter-frequency handover.
InterRatReportMode: The measurement report mode of inter-RAT handover.
PrdReportInterval: The periodical measurement report interval of inter-frequency handover.
InterRATPeriodReportInterval: The periodical measurement report interval of inter-RAT handover.
The advantage of periodical measurement report is that if the handover fails, the RNC reattempts the handover to the same cell after receiving the periodical measurement
report from the UE. This increases the probability of the success of inter-frequency handover.
Based on the measurement control message received from the RNC, the UE periodically reports the measurement quality of the target cell. Then, based on the measurement
report, the RNC makes the handover decision and performs handover.
5.2.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Quantity

Measurement quantities vary according to the type of inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover.
The used frequency belongs to a UMTS cell and the used frequency measurement quantities are set as follows:
In inter-frequency or inter-RAT coverage or QoS handover, event 2B/2D/2F or periodical measurement takes both CPICH Ec/No and RSCP as measurement quantities.
In coverage-based inter-RAT handover, the system delivers both CPICH Ec/N0 and CPICH RSCP for 2D/2F measurement. To deliberately limit the types of measurement
quantity, you can set the corresponding threshold of the limited measurement quantity to the minimum value. For example, if event 2D of CS service Ec/No can be reported
but the RSCP cannot, the parameter InterRATCSThd2DRSCP or InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP is set to the minimum value, that is, -115.
In inter-RAT coverage handover, the event 3A measurement quantity is set through the parameter MeasQuantityOf3A.
In inter-RAT QoS handover, the event 3A measurement quantity is set through the parameter UsedFreqMeasQuantityForQos3A.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 24 of 148
The unused frequencies belong to a GSM cell, and the unused frequency measurement quantity is referred to as to GSM RSSI.
5.2.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Events

When the measurement thresholds are reached, the UE reports the events to the RNC to trigger related handover procedures.
Table 5-1 describes the measurement events involved in inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover.
Table 5-1 Measurement events involved in inter-frequency handover
Event
Description
2D
The estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below a certain

threshold.
2F
The estimated quality of the currently used frequency is above a certain

threshold.
2B
The estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below a certain

threshold and the estimated quality of a non-used frequency is above a
certain threshold.
3A
The estimated quality of the currently used UTRAN frequency is below a

certain threshold and the estimated quality of the other system is above a
certain threshold.
Triggering of Event 2D
After the conditions of event 2D are fulfilled and maintained until the TimeToTrig2D is reached, the UE sends the event 2D measurement report message.
Event 2D is triggered on the basis of the following formula:
QUsed TUsed2d - H2d/2
QUsed is the measured quality of the used frequency.
TUsed2d is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency. Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured
through one of the following parameters:
Inter-frequencyparameters
InterFreqCSThd2DEcN0
InterFreqR99PsThd2DEcN0
InterFreqHThd2DEcN0
InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP
InterFreqR99PsThd2DRSCP
InterFreqHThd2DRSCP
Inter-RAT parameter
InterRATCSThd2DEcN0
InterRATR99PsThd2DEcN0
InterRATHThd2DEcN0
InterRATCSThd2DRSCP
InterRATR99PsThd2DRSCP
InterRATHThd2DRSCP
The parameters related to HSPA handover are valid only when the switch HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH is set to ON. Otherwise, all the PS domain services will take the
parameters related to R99 PS service as a measurement event threshold.
For
If
the PS and CS combined services, the threshold is set to the higher one of CS or PS services.
the UE has only signaling connections currently, the thresholds for CS services are used.
H2d is the event 2D hysteresis value set through the parameter HystFor2D.
Triggering of Event 2F
After the conditions of event 2F are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TimeToTrig2F is reached, the UE reports the event 2F measurement report message.
Event 2F is triggered on the basis of the following formula:
QUsed TUsed2f + H2f/2
Where,
TUsed2f is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency. Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured
Inter-frequency parameters
InterFreqCSThd2FEcN0
InterFreqCSThd2FRSCP
InterFreqR99PsThd2FEcN0
InterFreqR99PsThd2FRSCP
InterFreqHThd2FEcN0
InterFreqHThd2FRSCP
Inter-RAT parameters
InterRATCSThd2FEcN0
InterRATR99PsThd2FEcN0
InterRATHThd2FEcN0
InterRATCSThd2FRSCP
InterRATR99PsThd2FRSCP
InterRATHThd2FRSCP
The parameters related to HSPA handover are valid only when the switch HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH is set to ON. Otherwise, all the PS domain services will take the
parameters related to R99 PS service as a measurement event threshold.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
For
If
Page 25 of 148
the PS and CS combined services, the threshold is set to the higher one of CS or PS services.
the UE has only signaling connections currently, the thresholds for CS services are used.
H2f is the event 2F hysteresis value set through the parameter HystFor2F.
Triggering of Event 2B
After the conditions of event 2B are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TimeToTrig2B is reached, the UE reports the event 2B measurement report message.
Event 2B is triggered on the basis of the following formula:
QNoused TNoused2b + H2b/2
QUsed TUsed2b - H2b/2
Where,
QNoused is the measured quality of the cell that uses the other frequencies.
H2b is the event 2B hysteresis value set through the parameter HystFor2B.
TNoused2b is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the other frequencies. Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured
TargetFreqCsThdEcN0
TargetFreqCsThdRscp
TargetFreqR99PsThdEcN0
TargetFreqR99PsThdRscp
TargetFreqHThdEcN0
TargetFreqHThdRscp
TUsed2b is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency.
TUsed2b is set in the following way:

Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through one of the following parameters:
If event 2D with the CPICH RSCP value is received by the RNC:
T
Used2b of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value can be:
UsedFreqCSThdRSCP
UsedFreqR99PsThdRSCP
UsedFreqHThdRSCP
TUsed2b
of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.
According to 3GPP specifications, TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value should be configured as the maximum value 0 dB. If the event 2F with the CPICH
Ec/No value is received by the RNC and TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value is modified, TUsed2b is reset to 0 dB.
If event 2D with the CPICH Ec/No value is received by the RNC:
TUsed2b
of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value can be:
UsedFreqCSThdEcN0
UsedFreqR99PsThdEcN0
UsedFreqHThdEcN0
TUsed2b
of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value is configured as the maximum value 25 dBm.
According to 3GPP specification, TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value should be configured as the maximum value 25 dBm. If event 2F with the CPICH
RSCP value is received by the RNC and TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value is modified, TUsed2b is reset to 25 dBm.
The parameters related to HSPA handover are valid only when the switch HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH is set to ON. Otherwise, all the PS domain services will take the parameters related to R99 PS
service as a measurement event threshold.
For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold is set to the higher one of CS or PS services.
If the UE has only signaling connections currently, the thresholds for CS services are used.
Triggering of Event 3A
When the conditions for event 3A are met and maintained in time-to-trigger specified by TrigTime3A the UE sends the measurement report of event 3A.
Event 3A is triggered on the basis of the following formula:
QUsed TUsed - H3a/2 and MOtherRAT + CIOOtherRAT TOtherRAT + H3a/2
Where,
QUsed is the measurement value of the cell at the currently used frequency.
TUsed is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency. Based on the service type and measurement quantity in the coverage-based handover,
TUsed can be configured through the following parameters
UsedFreqCSThdEcN0
UsedFreqCSThdRSCP
UsedFreqHThdEcN0
UsedFreqHThdRSCP
In the Coverage-based handover, based on the measurement quantity (CPICH Ec/No or RSCP), TUsed is configured as follows:
If
the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No:

If 2D is triggered by RSCP, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.
If 2D is triggered by Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the Ec/No threshold specified by the previous parameters.
If
the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP:

If 2D is triggered by RSCP, TUsed is configured as the RSCP threshold specified by the previous parameters..
If 2D is triggered by Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the maximum value -25 dBm.

In the uplink QoS-based handover, based on the measurement quantity (CPICH Ec/No or RSCP), TUsed is configured as the maximum value according to 3GPP
specifications, as described below:
If the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No, T
Used is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.
If
the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 25 dBm.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 26 of 148
In the downlink QoS-based handover:

If
the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.
If
the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP, based on the service type , TUsed can be configured as one of the following sums:
UsedFreqCSThdRSCP
and DlRscpQosHyst
UsedFreqHThdRSCP
and DlRscpQosHyst
and DlRscpQosHyst
MOtherRAT is the measurement value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range.
CIOOtherRAT is the cell individual offset value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range which is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset.
TOtherRAT is the absolute inter-RAT handover threshold. Based on different service types (CS , PS domain R99 service, or PS domain HSPA service), this threshold can be
configured through the following parameters:
TargetRatCsThd
TargetRatR99PsThd
TargetRatHThd
H3a is 3A hysteresis, the hysteresis value of event 3A.
For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold for CS service is used.
5.2.4 BSIC Verification Requirements for 2G Cells

During inter-RAT measurement, it is recommended that the UE report the 2G cell to the RNC after the Base Transceiver Station Identity Code (BSIC) of the cell is verified. This
greatly enhances the reliability of handover. The parameter BSICVerify is the control switch for the BSIC verification.
5.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution

5.3.1 Inter-Frequency Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution
The coverage-based and QoS-based inter-frequency handovers are categorized into two types according to the following two measurement report modes: periodical
measurement report mode and event-triggered measurement report mode. Each mode corresponds to a different decision and execution procedure.
HOCovPrio specifies the neighboring cell priority for coverage based inter-frequency handover.
Inter-Frequency Handover in Periodical Measurement Report Mode

After receiving the periodical measurement report of the inter-frequency cell, the RNC starts the following decision procedures:
1. Decide whether both the CPICH Ec/No value and CPICH RSCP value of the pilot signal of the target cell meet the requirement of inter-frequency handover.
The evaluation formula is listed below:
Mother_Freq + CIOother_Freq Tother_Freq + H/2
Where,
Mother_Freq
is the CPICH Ec/No or CPICH RSCP measurement value of the target cell reported by the UE. Both of the two measurement values of the inter-frequency cell
must satisfy the formula.
CIOother_Freq
is the cell individual offset value of the target cell. It is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset.
Tother_Freq
is the decision threshold of inter-frequency hard handover. Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through one of
the following parameters:
TargetFreqCsThdEcN0
TargetFreqCsThdRscp
TargetFreqHThdEcN0
TargetFreqHThdRscp
These thresholds are the same as the quality threshold of event 2B.
H
is the inter-frequency hard handover hysteresis value set through the parameter HystForPrdInterFreq.
2. Start the hard handover time-to-trigger timer, which is configured through the parameter TimeToTrigForPrdInterFreq.
3. If Mother_Freq + CIOother_Freq < Tother_Freq - H/2, stop the timer.
4. Select the cells in sequence, that is, from high quality cells to low quality ones, to initiate inter-frequency handover in the cells where the hard handover time-to-trigger timer
expires.
Each cell in the measurement report shall be evaluated as mentioned previously. When the hard handover time-to-trigger timers of more than one cell expire at the same time,
the latest measurement report is used for selecting the best inter-frequency neighboring cell for handover. For example, the cell with the highest CPICH RSCP in the latest
measurement report is selected, as shown in Figure 5-2.
Figure 5-2 Selecting the cell with the highest CPICH RSCP
Inter-Frequency Handover in Event-Triggered Measurement Report Mode

After receiving the event 2B measurement reports of CPICH RSCP and CPICH Ec/No of the inter-frequency cell, the RNC starts the following procedure:
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 27 of 148
1. Add all the pilot cells that trigger event 2B to a cell set and arrange the cells according to the measurement quality of CPICH_Ec/No in descending order.
2. Select the cells in turn from the cell set to perform inter-frequency handover.
5.3.2 3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover Decision and Execution

The coverage-based and QoS-based 3G-to-2G handover is categorized into two types according to the following two measurement report modes: periodical measurement
report mode and event-triggered measurement report mode. Each mode corresponds to a different decision and execution procedure.
3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover in Periodical Report Mode

After receiving the periodical measurement report of GSM cells, the RNC performs the following decision and execution procedures:
1. Decide whether the quality of 2G cells meets the conditions of inter-RAT handover.
The evaluation formula is listed below:
Mother_RAT + CIOother_RAT Tother_RAT + H/2
Where,
Mother_RAT
is the measurement result of inter-RAT handover received by the RNC.
CIOother_RAT
Tother_RAT
is the cell individual offset value of the target cell. It is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset.
is the decision threshold of inter-RAT hard handover.
Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through the following parameters:
TargetRatCsThd
TargetRatR99PsThd
TargetRatHThd
H
is the inter-RAT handover hysteresis value set through HystforInterRAT.
For
the PS and CS combined services, one or more handover thresholds for CS services are used.
2. Start the evaluation of the cells that meet the quality requirement and start the time-to-trigger timer. If the measurement report meet the following formula and time-to-trigger
timer does not expire, stop the time-to-trigger timer.
Mother_RAT + CIOother_RAT < Tother_RAT - H/2
The length of the time-to-trigger timer is configured through the parameter TimeToTrigForVerify (with BSIC acknowledged) or the parameter TimeToTrigForNonVerify (with
BSIC unacknowledged).
3. Select the cells in sequence, that is, from high quality cells to low quality ones, to initiate 3G-to-2G handover in the cells where the handover time-to-trigger timer expires.
3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover in Event Report Mode

After receiving the event 3A measurement report of 2G cells, the RNC performs the following decision and execution procedures:
1. Put all the 2G cells that trigger event 3A into a cell set and arrange the cells according to the measurement quality in descending order.
2. Select the cells in sequence from the cell set to perform inter-RAT handover.
5.4 Rules for 3G-to-2G Coverage or QoS Handover

The rules for enabling the 3G-to-2G handover are based on the Service Handover Indicator and the capability requirement. The rules vary according to the types of inter-RAT
handover.
Capability Requirement
Before deciding the 3G-to-2G handover, the RNC considers 2G cell capability, service capability and UE capability.
2G cell capability: 2G cell capability is configured through the parameter RatCellType. This parameter indicates whether the cell supports the GSM, GPRS, or EDGE.
Service required capability: The Required 2G Capability (Req2GCap) specifies the capability of 2G cells required by inter-RAT handover. This indicates whether the service is
supported by the GSM, GPRS, or EDGE.
UE capability: Upon the reception of the UE capability information message, the RNC decides whether to start the inter-RAT measurement. The information indicates whether
the UE supports the GSM, GPRS, or EDGE.
The following tables describe the impacts of different types of capability on handover decision. If the capability of all 2G neighboring cells does not meet the requirement, the
inter-RAT measurement will not be triggered.
Table 5-2 Impacts of different types of capability on handover decision
2G Cell
Capability
UE Capability
EDGE
GPRS
GSM
EDGE
EDGE
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GPRS
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GSM
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Not supported by 2G Not allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed
EDGE
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GPRS
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GSM
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed
EDGE
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
GPRS
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
GSM
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed
GPRS
GSM
Service Required Capability
Service Handover Indicator

The RNC initiates the coverage- or QoS-based UMTS-to-GSM handover only when Service Handover Indicator is as follows:
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM
The IE Service Handover Indicator indicates the CN policy for the service handover to the 2G network. This IE is indicated in the Radio Access Bearer (RAB) assignment
signaling assigned by the CN, or provided by the RNC side.
The algorithm switch HoSwitch: HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH decides whether the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is based on the RNC or the CN.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 28 of 148
If the switch is set to ON, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is based on the parameter configured on the RNC side.
If the switch is set to OFF, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is first based on the CN when the indicator is contained in the RAB assignment signaling assigned by
the CN. If the CN does not allocate a service indicator, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is based on the RNC side.
Through the SHIND parameter, the service handover indicators are set as follows:
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM: means that the handover to the 2G network is performed when 2G signals are available.
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM: means that the handover to the 2G network is performed when 3G signals are weak but 2G signals are strong.
HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM: means that the handover to the 2G network is not performed even when 3G signals are weak but 2G signals are strong.
By default, the RNC does as follows:

For a UE with a single signaling RAB, the RNC supports the handover to the GSM. But it is not recommended.
For the UE accessing combined services (with CS services), the RNC sets the service handover indicator of the UE to that of the CS service, because the CS service has the
highest QoS priority.
For the UE accessing combined services (with only PS services), the RNC sets the service handover indicator of the UE to that of the PS service with the highest QoS priority
If the service handover indicators are not configured by the CN, each indictor can be set to the service parameter index of a service on the RNC. Each service parameter index
is the index of one typical service RAB, which involves a set of service type, source description, CN domain ID, and maximum rate (bit/s).
5.5 3G-to-2G NACC

This section describes the feature WRFD-02030801 NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change).
The Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC) function can efficiently reduce the delay of UMTS-to-GSM handover.
Some services have requirements for the delay. If the handover takes too long, TCP may start slowly or data transmission of the service stream may be interrupted due to the
overflow of the UE buffer. The introduction of NACC enables the system information exchange between different BSSs, or between BSS and RAN. Thus the inter-system delay,
especially inter-system delay in PS domains, can be reduced. With NACC, the RNC sends the UE a cell change order, which contains the GSM EDGE Radio Access Network
(GERAN) system information, when the 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain is triggered.
To enable the NACC function, do as follows:
Run the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command to set HoSwitch: HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH to ON.
Run the ADD UEXT2GCELL / MOD UEXT2GCELL command to set SuppRIMFlag to TRUE.
5.6 3G-to-2G PS Handover

This section describes the feature WRFD-02030802 PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS
PS handover is similar to the inter-RAT handover in the CS domain.
If the HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH is turned on, the PS handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the relocation process. When
the switch is not on, the PS handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the cell change order process.
To enable the PS HO function, do as follows:
Run the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command to set HoSwitch: HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH parameter to ON.
Run the ADD UEXT2GCELL / MOD UEXT2GCELL command to set SuppPSHOFlag to TRUE.
5.7 2G-to-3G Handover

The 2G-to-3G handover is initiated by the 2G network, where the dual-mode (GSM and WCDMA) mobile terminals are required. Both the GSM MSC and the GSM BSS must
support the GSM-to-UMTS handover.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 29 of 148
6 Load Handover
Load handover is used to balance the load among inter-frequency or inter-RAT cells. Load handover falls into the following categories:
Inter-frequency LDR handover
Inter-RAT LDR handover
Inter-RAT service handover
6.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover

6.1.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Procedure
The inter-frequency LDR handover (WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load Balance) suits co-sited cells covering the same area.

The Load Reshuffling (LDR) module detects that the current cell is in basic congestion and then initiates an inter-frequency handover.

For Inter-frequency LDR blind handover, the RNC decides to trigger an inter-frequency blind handover if the corresponding conditions are met. After the inter-frequency
handover is triggered, the RNC chooses a decision algorithm according to whether the conditions of direct blind handover are met.
For inter-frequency LDR measure-based handover, the RNC requests the UE to perform the inter-frequency measurement. Based on the measurement results, the RNC
chooses a target cell to perform inter-frequency hard handover.

The RNC performs the handover according to the decision result.
For details of LDR, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
6.1.2 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Measurement

The Inter-frequency LDR handover uses the periodical report mode.
In Inter-frequency LDR blind handover, CPICH RSCP of the used frequency is measured.
In inter-frequency LDR measure-based handover, both CPICH_RSCP and CPICH_Ec/No of the target frequency are measured.
6.1.3 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Decision and Execution

The LDR algorithm may trigger an inter-frequency handover. The following describes the procedure for handover decision and execution.
The inter-frequency LDR handover can be performed based on blind handover or measurement that can be decided by the parameter InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection.
Inter-Frequency LDR Blind Handover Decision

1. The LDR algorithm learns that a cell is in basic congestion and provides target cells and the UE with low priority for handover.
2. The RNC determines to trigger an inter-frequency blind handover.
If the UE is not in soft handover state, the RNC directly performs Inter-frequency LDR blind handover.
If the UE is in soft handover state, the RNC operates based on the following conditions:
If the HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH is set to ON,

The RNC determines whether the cell that triggers LDR is the best cell.
If
this cell is the best cell, the RNC initiates an intra-frequency measurement for Inter-frequency LDR blind handover. The intra-frequency measurement is used to estimate
quality of the inter-frequency cell of the same coverage.
If
this cell is not the best cell, the RNC does not initiate a Inter-frequency LDR blind handover.
If the HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RNC does not initiate a Inter-frequency LDR blind handover.
Inter-Frequency LDR Blind Handover Execution

The inter-frequency cells with the same coverage area have the same CPICH RSCP values. By measuring the CPICH RSCP of the cell, the quality of the cells with the same
coverage area can be determined, which increases the probability of successful blind handover.
1. The RNC initializes the timer of intra-frequency measurement for blind handover. The timer is specified by internal algorithm and need not be configured.
2. The RNC initiates a periodical intra-frequency measurement.
The measurement report mode is set to periodical report.
The
reporting period is BlindHOIntrafreqMRInterval.
The
number of measurement reports is BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmount.
The
intra-frequency handover measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP.
The
list of measured cells contains only the cells that trigger LDR.
3. After receiving from the UE the intra-frequency measurement reports for conditional blind handover, the RNC checks whether the following condition is met:
CPICH RSCP of the cell in the measurement report >= BlindHOQualityCondition
If
the condition is met, the RNC increments the counter of the number of intra-frequency measurement reports for blind handover by 1.
If
the condition is not met, the RNC does not perform a blind handover to the cell that triggers LDR and stops intra-frequency measurement for blind handover.
4. When the counter reaches the value of BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmount, the RNC initiates a blind handover to the target cell.
If the counter does not reach this value, the RNC waits for the next intra-frequency measurement report from the UE.
5. If the timer of intra-frequency measurement for blind handover expires, the RNC does not perform a blind handover to the target cell and stops intra-frequency handover
measurement for blind handover.
If the inter-frequency handover based on coverage or QoS is triggered, the RNC stops the intra-frequency measurement for conditional blind handover.
Inter-Frequency LDR Measure-based Handover Decision and Execution

1. The LDR algorithm learns that a cell is in basic congestion and provides target cells and the UE with low priority for handover.
2. The RNC selects the target cell based on the measurement results. The report period is specified by the parameter PrdReportInterval.
The target cell must meet the following conditions:
The
CPICH RSCP value of the target cell is larger than TargetFreqThdRscp.
The
CPICH Ec/No value of the target cell is larger than TargetFreqThdEcN0
The
target cell is not in the basic congestion state.
The RNC performs an inter-frequency hard handover to the target cell directly.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 30 of 148
6.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover

6.2.1 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Procedure
When the load of the 3G network is heavy and all the RABs of the UE are supported by the 2G network, the Inter-RAT (3G-to-2G) LDR handover (WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT
Handover Based on Load) is triggered.
Figure 6-1 Inter-RAT LDR handover procedure

When the load of the 3G cell that the UE accesses is higher than the related threshold, the Load Reshuffling (LDR) algorithm makes a handover decision. For detailed
information of the LDR, see Load Reshuffling in the Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
In the measurement phase

The RNC enables the compressed mode and starts the inter-RAT handover measurement.

After the UE reports event 3C, the RNC makes a handover decision.

The RNC initiates a handover procedure.
6.2.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Measurement

For Inter-RAT LDR handover, the measurement report is triggered only by event.
In inter-RAT LDR handover, event 3C takes only GSM RSSI as measurement quantity.
When the estimated quality of other system is higher than a certain threshold, the UE reports event 3C to the RNC.
When the conditions for event 3C are met and the delay requirement specified by the TrigTime3C parameter can be satisfied, the UE sends the measurement report of event
3C.
Event 3C is triggered on the basis of the following formula:
MOtherRAT + CIOOtherRAT TOtherRAT + H3c/2
Where,
MOtherRAT is the measurement value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range.
CIOOtherRAT is the cell individual offset value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range, which is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset.
TOtherRAT is the absolute inter-RAT handover threshold. Based on different service types (CS , PS domain R99 service, or PS domain HSPA service), this threshold can be
configured through the following parameters:
TargetRatCsThd
InterRATNCovHOPSThd
H3c is 3C hysteresis, the hysteresis value of event 3C.
For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold(s) for CS services is (are) used.
6.2.3 Inter-RAT LDR Handover decision and Execution

After receiving the event 3C measurement report of 2G cells, the RNC performs the following handover decision and execution procedure:
1. Put all the 2G cells that trigger event 3C into a cell set and arrange the cells according to the measurement quality in descending order.
2. Select the cells in sequence from the cell set.
To avoid the impact of the UE (in long-term measurement of compressed mode) on the radio network, the parameter InterRATHOAttempts is set to restrict the maximum
attempts of the 3G-to-2G LDR-based or service-based handover. The parameter indicates the handover attempts made to the same cell or different cells. If the number of
attempts exceeds the parameter value, the RNC does not initiate the handover.
6.3 Inter-RAT Service Handover

Inter-RAT service handover supports 3G-to-2G handover based on service attributes. When 3G and 2G networks coexist, this feature enables the 3G traffic to be directed to the
2G network.
This feature can balance the load between the two systems by transferring some kind of appropriate services to GSM/GPRS.
6.3.1 Switches for Inter-RAT Service Handover

To perform the service-based 3G-to-2G handover, the RNC must turn on the related switches for services in the CS and PS domains.
When a single CS service is initially set up by the UE, the RNC allows the 3G-to-2G service-based handover if CSServiceHOSwitch is set to ON.
When a single PS service is initially set up by the UE, the RNC allows the service-based 3G-to-2G handover if PSServiceHOSwitch is set to ON.
For the combined services, no service-based handover is triggered.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 31 of 148
6.3.2 Inter-RAT Service Handover Procedure

Figure 6-2 Service-based 3G-to-2G handover procedure
Except for the triggering phase, the procedure of Inter-RAT service Handover is the same as that of the Inter-RAT LDR handover. For details, see section 6.2.3 "Inter-RAT LDR
Handover decision and Execution."
When a service is established, the RNC requests the handover to the GSM based on the service type and service handover indicator assigned by the CN.
Figure 6-3 shows an example of rules for the indicator of the 3G-to-2G handover based on load and service.
Figure 6-3 Example of rules for indicator of 3G-to-2G handover based on load and service
6.4 Rules for Enabling Inter-RAT LDR or Service Handover

The RNC initiates the 3G-to-2G load handover only when Service Handover Indicator (SHIND) is as follows:
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM
The RNC initiates the service-based 3G-to-2G handover only when the Service Handover Indicator is HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM.
Before deciding the 3G-to-2G handover, the RNC considers 2G cell capability (RatCellType), service required capability (Req2GCap) and UE capability.
The following table describes the impacts of different types of capability on handover decision.
Table 6-1 Impacts of different types of capability on handover decision
Cell
Capability
UE Capability
EDGE
GPRS
GSM
EDGE
EDGE
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GPRS
Not allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GSM
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Not supported by 2G
Not allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed
EDGE
Not allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GPRS
Not allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GSM
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Not supported by 2G
Not allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed
EDGE
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
GPRS
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
GSM
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Not supported by 2G
Not allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed
GPRS
GSM
Service Capability (Required by 2G)
If the capability of all neighboring 2G cells does not meet the requirement, the inter-RAT measurement will not be triggered.
6.5 Interchanging Inter-RAT Load Information
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 32 of 148
In Inter-RAT LDR handover or service handover, load information is interchanged between 2G and 3G networks to facilitate inter-RAT handover (WRFD-020310 3G/2G
Common Load Management).
The load status between the source cell and the target cell can be acquired by interchanging load information between a 3G cell and a 2G cell during the LDR handover and
service handover. Thus, whether to further conduct the handover can be determined to avoid the 2G cell overload and possible handovers to congested cells.
Interchanging Load information in 3G to 2G Handover

The procedure for load information interchanging between the 3G source cell and 2G target cell is described as follows:
1. When the RNC sends a RELOCATION REQUIRED message to the 3G CN,
If the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to ON, the RELOCATION REQUIRED message includes the Old BSS To New BSS Information IE that includes the load information of
the 3G source cell.
If the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to OFF, then the RELOCATION REQUIRED message does not include the Old BSS To New BSS Information IE.
2. When the RNC receives the RELOCATION COMMAND message from the 2G CN,
If the switch NcovHoOn2GldInd is set to ON, the RNC obtains the load information of the 2G target cell by reading the Inter-System Information Transparent Container IE,
which is included in the RELOCATION COMMAND message.
If
the 2G load is lower than CSHOOut2GloadThd (for CS service), or if the 2G load is lower than PSHOOut2GloadThd (for PS service), the RNC continues the inter-RAT
handover procedure; otherwise, the RNC returns the Relocation Cancel message to the CN to cancel this inter-RAT handover and makes another handover attempt to the
next candidate cell generated in the cell list based on inter-RAT measurement.
If
the Inter-System Information Transparent Container IE, is not included in the RELOCATION COMMAND message, the load information of the 2G target cell is not
considered and this inter-RAT handover is continued.
If the switch NcovHoOn2GldInd is set to OFF, the RNC continues the inter-RAT handover procedure without considering the thresholds.
Interchange Load Information in 2G-to-3G Handover

In 2G-to-3G handover based on load or service, the RNC can make a decision about admission considering the load information of the 3G target cell. This can avoid the
worsening of the 3G system performance caused by 2G-to-3G handover based on load or service if the 3G system load is high.
The procedure is described as follows:
1. When the RNC sends a RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message to the 3G CN,
If
the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to ON, the RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message includes the New BSS To Old BSS Information IE, which includes
the load information of the 3G target cell.
If
the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to OFF, the RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message does not include the New BSS To Old BSS Information IE.
2. Depending on the network requirement, the 2G network decides whether to use the load information sent to the 3G network for judgment.
3. When the RNC receives the RELOCATION REQUEST message from the 3G CN,
If
the 3G cell is not in the basic congestion state, the RNC continues the inter-RAT handover procedure.
If
the 3G cell is in the basic congestion state, the RNC returns RELOCATION FAILURE message to the CN to cancel the inter-RAT handover.
For the concept of "basic congestion", see the Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 33 of 148
7 HSPA Handover
7.1 HSDPA Handover
7.1.1 HSDPA Intra-Frequency Handover
This section describes the decision and execution of intra-frequency handover, and the handover between a cell that supports the F-DPCH and a cell that does not support the
F-DPCH after the introduction of HSDPA.
Handling of Event 1A
After receiving an event 1A report, the RNC proceeds as follows:
If the number of cells in the active set does not reach the maximum value, the RNC adds the cell to the active set.
If the number of cells in the active set reaches the maximum value, the RNC does not add the radio link to the active set.
Handling of Event 1B
After receiving an event 1B report, the RNC determines whether to delete a cell.

If the cell to be deleted is not an HSDPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed.
If the cell to be deleted is an HSDPA serving cell, then:
If
the new best cell supports HSDPA, the new best cell is reconfigured to be an HSDPA serving cell. If the reconfiguration fails, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH.
If
the new best cell does not support HSDPA, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH to ensure the continuity of the service.
Handling of Event 1C
After receiving an event 1C report, the RNC decides whether to change the worst cell.

If the cell to be replaced is not an HSDPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed.
If the cell to be replaced is an HSDPA serving cell, then:
If
the best cell supports HSDPA, the best cell is reconfigured to be an HSDPA serving cell. If the reconfiguration fails, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH.
If
the best cell does not support HSDPA, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH to ensure the continuity of the service.
Handling of Event 1D
After receiving an event 1D report, the RNC proceeds as follows:
If the downlink service is carried on the HSDPA, then:

If
the new best cell in the active set supports HSDPA and the HSPA hysteresis timer (HspaTimerLen) expires, the new best cell is reconfigured to be an HSDPA serving cell.
If
the new best cell in the active set does not support HSDPA, the downlink service is directed to the DCH through the reconfiguration.
Figure 7-1 shows an example of how to handle event 1D in this situation. Assume that the UE moves from HSDPA cell 1 to HSDPA cell 2, that the two cells are intrafrequency neighboring cells, and that all the cells in the active set support HSDPA. The RNC updates the HSDPA serving cell according to the reported event and keeps the
HSDPA serving cell consistent with the best cell.
Figure 7-1 Intra-frequency handover between HSDPA cells when the best cell changes
If the downlink service is carried on the DCH, then:

The UE is handover to the target cell, and the service is carried on DCH. After handover, the RNC may retry to configure the service on HS-DSCH. For details, see 7.5 HSPA
Retry.
In the execution procedure mentioned above, CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_ASU_SWITCH of the CmpSwitch parameter is used to determine whether the update of
the active set and the change of the serving cell are synchronized. This switch is applicable to only R6 UEs.
If the switch is ON, the UE supports the synchronization of the update of the active set and the change of the serving cell.
If the switch is OFF, the UE reconfigures the change of the serving cell by allocating physical channels after updating the active set.
During the update of the HSDPA serving cell, set the NBMMachsResetAlgoSelSwitch parameter to determine whether to reset the UE MAC-hs.
7.1.2 HSDPA Inter-Frequency Handover

Inter-frequency handover can be triggered on the basis of coverage, load, and hierarchical cell structure (HCS).
The following describes the three possible scenarios in which an inter-frequency handover occurs.
Scenario 1: Inter-Frequency Handover from an HSDPA Cell to an R99 Cell

As shown in Figure 7-2, when the UE moves from cell 1 (an HSDPA cell) to cell 2 (an R99 cell), the inter-frequency handover conditions are met and event 2B is triggered. The
RNC makes a handover decision for HSDPA services according to the neighboring cell measurement report, and reconfigures the service onto the DPCH of cell 2.
Figure 7-2 Inter-frequency handover from an HSDPA cell to an R99 cell
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 34 of 148
Scenario 2: Inter-Frequency Handover from an R99 Cell to an HSDPA Cell

As shown in Figure 7-3, when the UE moves from cell 2 (an R99 cell) to cell 1 (an HSDPA cell), the inter-frequency handover conditions are met and event 2B is triggered. The
RNC hands over the UE to the DPCH first, and then to the HS-PDSCH if the service can be carried on the HS-PDSCH.
Figure 7-3 Inter-frequency handover from an R99 cell to an HSDPA cell
Scenario 3: Inter-Frequency Handover Between HSDPA Cells

As shown in Figure 7-4, when the UE moves from cell 1 (an HSDPA cell) to cell 2 (an HSDPA cell) and the inter-frequency handover conditions are met, the UE is handed over
from cell 1 to cell 2. The target cell becomes the new serving HS-PDSCH cell.
If the serving or target cell is in load congestion when the UE performs a serving cell update for inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, the service is reconfigured from the HSPDSCH to the DPCH.
The hard handovers of an HSDPA cell is the same as those of an R99 cell.
Figure 7-4 Inter-frequency handover between HSDPA cells
7.1.3 HSDPA Inter-RAT Handover

When the UE is handed over to a cell that supports the F-DPCH from another system and a UL or DL event 4A is reported, the RNC decides whether to change the bearer
mode of TRB and SRB.
If the TPC command is carried on the F-DPCH between the UE and the UTRAN, the SRB and the TRB are carried on the HS-DSCH. If a cell that does not support the F-DPCH
is added to the active set, all the F-DPCHs are deleted. In addition, new DPCHs between the UE and all the cells in the active set are set up to carry the SRB and TPC
commands.
7.2 HSUPA Handover

This section involves the feature WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management.
7.2.1 HSUPA Intra-Frequency Handover

This section describes the decision and execution procedure of intra-frequency handover, and the handover between E-DCHs of 10 ms TTI and 2 ms TTI after the introduction
of HSUPA.
Handling of Event 1A
After receiving the measurement report, the RNC proceeds as follows:
If the target cell supports HSUPA and the uplink service is carried on the E-DCH, then:
If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is smaller than the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the target cell is added to both the DCH and E-DCH active sets.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 35 of 148
Otherwise, the target cell is added to only the DCH active set.
After deciding that a cell can be added to the E-DCH active set,

If the admission in the downlink fails, the cell is added to neither the E-DCH active set nor the DCH active set. It waits for the next event 1A report for retry.
Otherwise, if the admission in the downlink succeeds, the RNC perform the HSUPA admission in the uplink.
If
HSUPA admission in the uplink succeeds, the cell is added to the E-DCH active set and the DCH active set.
If
HSUPA admission in the uplink fails, the cell is added only to the DCH active set. If the DCH admission in the uplink still fails, the cell is added to neither the E-DCH active
set nor the DCH active set. It waits for the next event 1A report for retry.
Handling of Event 1B
If the number of radio links in the DCH active set is larger than one, then:

If the cell to be removed is not an HSUPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed.
If the cell to be removed is an HSUPA serving cell, then:
If
the new best cell supports HSUPA, the new best cell is reconfigured to be an E-DCH serving cell.
If
the new best cell does not support HSUPA, the uplink service is redirected to the DCH through the RB reconfiguration.
If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA and the cell to be removed is an E-DCH serving cell, then:
If
the new best cell supports both HSDPA and HSUPA, the cell is reconfigured to be an HS-DSCH serving cell or an E-DCH serving cell.
If
the new best cell supports HSDPA but not HSUPA, the current service is changed from CS Voice over HSPA to CS Voice over DCH. If there remain other HSDPA
services, the serving cell should be updated and the new best cell should be the HS-PDSCH serving cell.
If
the new best cell supports neither HSUPA nor HSDPA, the current service is reconfigured to be CS Voice over DCH.
Whether the cells under the adjacent RNC support CS Voice over HSPA is determined by the RNC-level parameter CSVoiceoverHSPASuppInd.
After the best cell of a UE changes, if the size of the DCH or E-DCH active set of the new best cell is different from those of the old best cell, the RNC removes or reconfigures
radio links to adapt to the size and configuration of the new best cell.
Handling of Event 1C
When event 1C is triggered, the UE reports the event-triggered list that contains good cells and the cells to be replaced, and sequences the cells from the highest to the lowest
quality according to measurement quantity.
If the new cell supports HSUPA, then:

If
the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is smaller than the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the new cell is added to the E-DCH active set.
If
the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is equal to the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet and the cell to be replaced is also included in the E-DCH active set,
the new cell joins the E-DCH active set through replacement.
If
the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is equal to the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet and the cell to be replaced is not included in the E-DCH active set,
the new cell is added only to the DCH active set.
If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA and the cell to be removed is an E-DCH serving cell, then:
If
the new best cell supports both HSDPA and HSUPA, the cell is reconfigured to be an HS-DSCH serving cell or an E-DCH serving cell.
If
the new best cell supports HSDPA but not HSUPA, the current service is changed from CS Voice over HSPA to CS Voice over DCH through the reconfiguration. If there
remain other HSDPA services, the serving cell should be updated and the new best cell should be the HS-PDSCH serving cell.
If
the new best cell supports neither HSUPA nor HSDPA, the current service is reconfigured to be CS Voice over DCH. If the cell to be removed is an E-DCH serving cell, the
HS-DSCH serving cell must be removed at the same time. Thus, a new E-DCH serving cell or HS-DSCH serving cell must be determined. The method is the same as that of
removing the serving cell, as described in the previous section of Handling of Event 1B.
If the new cell does not support HSUPA, the cell is added to only the DCH active set.
Handling of Event 1D
If the criteria for intra-frequency hard handover are fulfilled, the RNC performs intra-frequency hard handover after receiving the event 1D report. If the criteria for intra-frequency
hard handover are not fulfilled, the RNC performs intra-frequency soft handover based on the measurement report.
If the uplink service is carried on the E-DCH, then:
If the new best cell in the active set supports HSUPA and the HSPA hysteresis timer (HspaTimerLen) expires, the E-DCH serving cell becomes the best cell. The HSPA
hysteresis timer is restarted after the cell change.
If the new best cell in the active set does not support HSUPA,
The
uplink service is directed to the DCH through the reconfiguration. If the reconfiguration fails, the service is still carried on the E-DCH. The UE is connected to the new
best cell only on the DCH.
If the uplink service is carried on the DCH, then:

The uplink service is still carried on the DCH. After handover, the RNC may retry to configure the service on E-DCH. For details, see 7.5 HSPA Retry
If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA, then:

If the new best cell supports both HSUPA and HSDPA, the cell is reconfigured to be an HSPA serving cell.
Otherwise, the service is changed from CS Voice over HSPA to CS Voice over DCH through the reconfiguration.
Triggering of Event 1J
Event 1J is triggered under the following condition:
10 x Log(MNew) + CIONew 10 x Log(MInAS) + CIOInAS + H1j/2

MNew is the measurement result of the cell not in the E-DCH active set but in the DCH active set.
CIONew and CIOInAS refer to the offset of each cell.
MInAS is the measurement result of the cell in the E-DCH active set with the lowest measurement result.
H1J is the hysteresis parameter for event 1J and is determined by Hystfor1J.

If the measurement result is CPICH-Ec/No, MNew and MInAS are expressed as ratios.

If the measurement result is CPICH-RSCP, MNew and MInAS are expressed in mW.
Figure 7-5 Triggering of event 1J
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
A: signal quality curve of a cell in the E-DCH active set
B: signal quality curve of the worst cell in the E-DCH active set
C: signal quality curve of a cell not in the E-DCH active set but included in DCH active set
D: signal quality curve of a cell not in the E-DCH active set but included in DCH active set
Page 36 of 148
In Figure 7-5, the hysteresis and the cell individual offsets for all cells equal 0.
The first measurement report is sent when primary CPICH D becomes better than primary CPICH B. The "cell measurement event result" of the measurement report contains
the information of primary CPICH D and CPICH B.
On the assumption that the E-DCH active set has been updated after the first measurement report (E-DCH active set is now primary CPICH A and primary CPICH D), the
second report is sent when primary CPICH C becomes better than primary CPICH A. The "cell measurement event result" of the second measurement report shows that primary
CPICH C is better than primary CPICH A in quality.
The following parameters need to be set on the RNC LMT:
Hystfor1J: hysteresis of event 1J
TrigTime1J: time to trigger event 1J
PeriodMRReportNumfor1J: number of periodic reports for event 1J
ReportIntervalfor1J: report interval for event 1J after change to the periodic report
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: measurement control switch for event 1J. When the switch is ON, the UE version is R6 and event 1J is included in the intrafrequency measurement control message.
After receiving the intra-frequency measurement report from the UE, the RNC decides whether to go to the execution phase, depending on the information in the report.
Handling of Event 1J
Event 1J provides the solution to the issue of how to add an HSUPA cell in a DCH active set to an E-DCH active set. This event is triggered when a non-active E-DCH but active
DCH primary CPICH becomes better than an active E-DCH primary CPICH.
When event 1J is triggered, the UE reports the event-triggered list that contains good cells and the cells to be replaced, and sequences the cells from the highest to the lowest
quality according to measurement quantity.
If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is smaller than the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the cell where event 1J is triggered is reconfigured to E-DCH.
If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is equal to the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the RNC searches the measurement report for the non-serving
Cell_EDCH with the lowest measured quality in the E-DCH active set. Then, the uplink of the cell where event 1J is triggered is reconfigured from DCH to E-DCH, and the
uplink of CELL-EDCH is reconfigured from E-DCH to DCH.
Handover Between E-DCHs of 10 ms TTI and 2 ms TTI

For HSUPA, 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are applicable but not all the cells support 2 ms TTI. When both 2ms-TTI-capable and 2ms-TTI-incapable cells exist in a network, a UE
may undergo handovers between E-DCHs of 10 ms TTI and 2 ms TTI (WRFD-01061404 HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover)..
Only when all the cells in the E-DCH active set support 2 ms TTI can the services be configured to the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI. If any cell in the E-DCH active set does not support
2 ms TTI, the services are configured on the E-DCH with 10 ms TTI.
The detailed principles are as follows:
When the uplink service is carried on the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI, if a cell that supports only 10 ms TTI is to be added to the E-DCH active set, the source cell undergoes a radio
bearer reconfiguration to 10 ms TTI. A soft handover to the target cell is performed.
Upon each handover, if a radio link needs to be added, removed, or replaced, the RNC judges whether all the cells in the E-DCH active set and the UE support 2 ms TTI.
If they all support 2 ms TTI and the uplink service is currently carried on the E-DCH with 10 ms TTI, the RNC reconfigures the service to the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI.
If
the reconfiguration fails, a timer is started for periodic retries to the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI.
If
the handover is performed before the timer expires, the timer is stopped.
After
the handover, the RNC decides whether to start the timer, based on the handover result.
7.2.2 HSUPA Inter-Frequency Handover

Inter-frequency handover can be triggered on the basis of coverage, load, and hierarchical cell structure (HCS). The introduction of HSUPA does not affect the triggering
conditions and decisions of these types of inter-frequency handover.
During the execution phase, whether to reconfigure the services from E-DCH to DCH depends on the HSUPA capability of the target cell. After the handover, a decision must be
made about whether to reconfigure the services from DCH to E-DCH.
Table 7-1 describes the three possible scenarios for inter-frequency handover.
Table 7-1 Scenarios for inter-frequency handover
Scenario Description
Scenario 1Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to another HSUPA cell
The UE moves from one HSUPA cell to another HSUPA cell.
Event 2B is triggered.
Scenario 2Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to a non-HSUPA cell
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
The UE moves from an HSUPA cell to a non-HSUPA cell.
Page 37 of 148
Scenario 3Inter-frequency handover from a non-HSUPA cell to an HSUPA cell

The UE moves from a non-HSUPA cell to an HSUPA cell.
If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA and the target cell supports both HSDPA and HSUPA, the target cell is reconfigured as an HSPA serving cell. Otherwise, the
service of CS Voice over HSPA must first be reconfigured as CS Voice over DCH.
Whether the target RNC supports CS Voice over HSPA is determined by the parameter CSVoiceOverHspaSuppInd.
Scenario 1: Inter-Frequency Handover from an HSUPA Cell to Another HSUPA Cell

Assume that the UE moves from HSUPA cell 1 to HSUPA cell 2 and that the two cells are inter-frequency neighboring cells, as shown in Figure 7-6.
Figure 7-6 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to another HSUPA cell
During this procedure, event 2B is triggered. The HSUPA admission request is made for the target cell by the RNC.
If the request is accepted, the handover is performed through the physical channel reconfiguration message.
If the request is rejected, the RB reconfiguration is implemented, and the services on the E-DCH are reconfigured for the DCH.
Scenario 2: Inter-Frequency Handover from an HSUPA Cell to a Non-HSUPA Cell

Assume that the UE moves from HSUPA cell 1 to non-HSUPA cell 2 and that the two cells are inter-frequency neighboring cells, as shown in Figure 7-7.
Figure 7-7 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to a non-HSUPA cell
During this procedure, event 2B is triggered, and the target cell does not support HSUPA. The DCH admission request is made for the target cell. After the request is accepted,
the RB reconfiguration is implemented, and the services on the E-DCH are reconfigured for the DCH.
Scenario 3: Inter-Frequency Handover from a Non-HSUPA Cell to an HSUPA Cell

Assume that the UE moves from non-HSUPA cell 1 to HSUPA cell 2 and that the two cells are inter-frequency neighboring cells, as shown in Figure 7-8.
Figure 7-8 Inter-frequency handover from a non-HSUPA cell to an HSUPA cell
During this procedure, event 2B is triggered. The inter-frequency handover on DCH is performed, and the HSUPA admission request is made for the target cell by the RNC.
After the request is accepted, the RB reconfiguration is implemented, and the services on the DCH are reconfigured for the E-DCH.
7.2.3 HSUPA Inter-RAT Handover

If the current service is CS voice service and the UE is handed over from a 2G cell to a 3G cell,
If the UE supports CS Voice Over HSPA and the target 3G RAN supports CS Voice Over HSPA, the service is configured as CS Voice over HSPA when the UE is handed
over to the 3G system.
Otherwise, the service is configured as CS Voice Over DCH when the UE is handed over to the 3G system.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 38 of 148
7.3 HSPA+ Handover

7.3.1 Overview
The basic mechanisms of handover remain unchanged after the introduction of HSPA+. New functions are added to handle the scenario where the source cell and target cell
support different HSPA+ technologies or where admission control prevents the UE from using the preferred technologies.
Whether a neighboring cell supports HSPA+ technologies can be set through the parameter CellCapContainerFdd.
Figure 7-9 shows the procedure of HSPA+ technology configuration.
Figure 7-9 Procedure of HSPA+ technology configuration
The procedure of HSPA+ technology configuration is as follows:

1. In the preselection phase (during handover decision)
The RNC preselects HSPA+ technologies based on the technologies provided for the UE in the source cell and the capability of the target cell.
2. In the fallback phase (during handover execution)
The RNC attempts to apply the preselected technologies to the UE in the target cell. If the RNC fails to do so, it selects technologies with lower ranking and attempts to apply
them to the UE.
3. In the retry phase (after handover)
After the handover, the RNC attempts to apply the preselected technologies that failed to be applied to the UE in the target cell.
7.3.2 Preselection Phase

HSPA+ technologies are preselected in the preselection phase (during handover decision).
For DC-HSDPA, MIMO+64QAM, MIMO, 64QAM, downlink enhanced L2, and HS-SCCH Less Operation, the preselection schemes are as follows:
If the target cell supports the same technologies as the source cell and the bearer scheme allows the target cell to continue using them, the RNC preselects these
technologies for the target cell.
Otherwise, the RNC preselects the technologies supported by the target cell and used by the UE in the source cell.
For uplink 16QAM, uplink enhanced L2 and DTX/DRX, the preselection schemes are as follows:
During an intra-frequency soft handover, the RNC preselects HSPA+ technologies if both of the following conditions are met:
All
the cells in the active set support the technologies.
The
target cell supports the technologies.
Otherwise, the RNC does not preselect them.

During an intra- or inter-frequency hard handover, the RNC preselects the technologies supported by the target cell and used by the UE in the source cell. For example, if the
UE uses MIMO and downlink enhanced L2 in the source cell and the target cell supports only downlink enhanced L2, the RNC preselects only downlink enhanced L2 for the
UE.
7.3.3 Fallback Phase

HSPA+ technologies with lower ranking are selected in the fallback phase (during handover execution).
In this phase, the RNC performs admission control based on the preselected technologies.
If the admission is unsuccessful, the RNC selects DCH to carry services.
If the admission is successful, the RNC sends a configuration message to the NodeB. If the NodeB fails to allocate required resources because of insufficient resources, the
RNC selects technologies with lower ranking. In other words, the technologies are degraded as follows:
From DC-HSDPA to SC-HSDPA
From MIMO+64QAM to 64QAM
From MIMO to HSDPA (downlink enhanced L2)
From DTX_DRX to HSPA
For uplink 16QAM, it is degraded to DCH to carry services regardless of whether the admission fails or the resource allocation by the NodeB fails.
7.3.4 Retry Phase

In the retry phase, if both the UE and the network meet the requirements for configuring higher-ranked technologies, the RNC attempts to apply them, which may not be preselected in the preselection phase or fails to be applied in the fallback phase. For example, the RNC attempts to use DC-HSDPA instead of SC-HSDPA.
The retry procedure is as follows:
1. The RNC starts the handover protection timer (ChannelRetryHoTimerLen).
2. After the timer expires, the RNC attempts to apply higher-ranked technologies.
3. If the retry fails, the RNC starts the retry timer (ChannelRetryTimerLen) for periodic retry attempts.
The HSPA+ technologies that can be retried are specified by the parameter RetryCapability.
7.4 Anti-Frequent Serving Cell Change

HSPA serving cell change is usually triggered by event 1D. To avoid frequent serving cell change which may affect the system performance, a protection timer HspaTimerLen is
introduced. This timer shall be started when the serving HS-DSCH cell changes or the E-DCH serving cell changes. And no more 1D-triggered serving cell change shall be
performed until the timer expires. However, this timer shall not restrict HSPA serving cell change to another cell in the active set if current serving cell is to be removed from the
active set. The value 0 means this timer shall not be started and serving cell change be initiated immediately.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 39 of 148
7.5 HSPA Retry

If a UE has a HSDPA/HSUPA suitable service, the RNC tries to reconfigure the service onto the HS-DSCH/E-DCH as soon as possible.
After handover or radio bearer setup, the HSPA suitable service may be set up on the DCH or FACH in a cell. If the cell is capable of HSPA or the cell has a HSPA capable
neighboring cell, the RNC retries to configure the service on the HS-DSCH/E-DCH in this cell or in its neighboring cell.
To avoid frequent handovers at the boundary between an HSPA cell and an R99 cell, a protection timer (ChannelRetryHoTimerLen) is used. After a handover, the timer starts.
After this timer expires, the RNC retries to configure the service of the UE onto the HS-DSCH or E-DCH if either of the following two conditions is met:
The target cell supports HSDPA or HSUPA.
The target cell does not support HSDPA or HSUPA but has a DRD neighboring cell.
If the admission fails during the reconfiguration, the timer (ChannelRetryTimerLen) is started. Periodic retries to HS-DSCH or E-DCH are performed.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 40 of 148
8 HCS Handover
8.1 Overview
HCS handover (WRFD-021200 HCS) is one type of inter-frequency handover and inter-RAT handover. HCS handover is based on UE speed estimation, and is also called
speed-based handover.
In a 3G network, hot spots in radio communication may appear with the increase of subscribers and traffic. This requires more cells to increase the network capacity. More cells
and smaller cell radius lead to more frequent handovers of UEs. For a UE in fast movement, frequent handovers reduce call quality, increase uplink interference, and increase
signaling load. Here, Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) is a mechanism that arranges different cells at different layers. HCS handover instructs UEs to stay at different layers
based on speed estimation, thus increasing the network capacity.
Figure 8-1 shows an HCS example with three layers.
Figure 8-1 HCS with three layers
The features of different cells are as follows:

Macro cell
Large
coverage
Continuous
Low
coverage
requirement for capacity
Fast-moving
Densely
High
populated areas
requirement for capacity
Slow-moving
environment
Micro cell
environment
Pico cell
Indoor
coverage
Outdoor
blind spot coverage
Slow-moving
environment
The pico cell has the highest priority and the macro cell has the lowest priority.
Based on speed estimation, the RNC instructs a fast-moving UE to select a cell with a lower priority to decrease the frequency of handovers, and instructs a slow-moving UE to
select a cell with a higher priority to increase the network capacity. The cell with a lower priority has larger coverage, and the cell with a higher priority has smaller coverage.
RNC supports the HCS with eight layers. The priority level of a cell is set by the HCSPrio parameter.
To allow HCS handover, the RNC must enable the function through the HoSwitch: HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH parameter.
8.2 HCS Handover Procedure

HCS handover is based UE speed estimation. Figure 8-2 shows HCS handover procedure.
Figure 8-2 HCS handover procedure

The RNC receives the handover request from the HCS speed estimation function. The HCS handover is of two types: handover from the macro cell to the micro cell and
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 41 of 148
handover from the micro cell to the macro cell. For different types of handover, the RNC acts differently.
In the measurement and decision phases

If
the handover is performed from a macro cell to a micro cell, the RNC sends an inter-frequency measurement control message. After the UE reports event 2C for interfrequency handover or 3C for inter-RAT handover, the RNC performs the handover decision.
If
the handover is performed from a micro cell to a macro cell, the RNC directly performs blind handover, ignoring the measurement procedure.

The RNC initiates a handover procedure.
If
the handover is performed from a micro cell to a macro cell and the target cell allows blind handover (configured through the parameter BlindHOFlag), the RNC performs
blind handover to the target cell.
If
the blind handover fails or the handover is performed from a macro cell to a micro cell, the RNC starts the inter-frequency (or inter-RAT) measurement procedure and
performs the handover procedure to the cell with the best quality after receiving event 2C or 3C from the UE.
8.3 UE Speed Estimation

This section describes high-speed estimation, low-speed estimation, and anti-ping-pong event 1D recording.
Based on the number of changes of the best cell within a specified period, the speed estimation algorithm estimates the moving speed of the UE. Then, the RNC decides the UE
speed.
The procedure for high-speed estimation is as follows:
If HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH is set to ON and the cell is layered with a not lowest priority, the RNC initiates a high-speed estimation for the UE after receiving
an event 1D report.
If the number of changes of the best cell for the UE is higher than the NFastSpdEst within the TFastSpdEst, the RNC decides that the UE is in fast movement.
The procedure for low-speed estimation is as follows:

If the HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH is set to ON and the cell is layered with a not highest priority, the RNC starts the timer TCycleSlow after the RRC connection
is set up.
When the timer TCycleSlow expires, the RNC initiates a low-speed estimation for the UE.
If the number of changes of the best cell for the UE is lower than the NSlowSpdEst within the TSlowSpdEst, the RNC decides that the UE is in slow movement.
If frequent changes of the best cell occur, several events 1D for the same cell may be recorded. This may lead to inaccurate UE speed estimation. Therefore, a mechanism is
used for anti-ping-pong event 1D recording.
During the recent period specified by TRelateLength, if multiple event 1Ds are reported for a certain cell, only the first one is recorded.
8.4 HCS Handover Measurement

In the case of handover from high layer to the low layer (from micro cell to macro cell), the UE does not perform measurement. The RNC decides the blind handover for the UE.
For the handover from low layer to the high layer (from macro cell to micro cell), the HCS handover uses the measurement and the UE uses event-triggered report mode.
In inter-frequency HCS handover, event 2C takes only CPICH Ec/No as measurement quantity.
In inter-RAT HCS handover, event 3C takes only GSM RSSI as measurement quantity.
Triggering of Event 2C
When the estimated quality of a non-used frequency is above a certain threshold, the UE report event 2C to the RNC.
After the conditions of event 2C are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TrigTime2C is reached, the UE reports the event 2C measurement report message..
Event 2C is triggered on the basis of the following formula:
QNoused TNoused2c + H2c/2
Where,
QNoused is the measured quality of the cell that uses the other frequencies.
TNoused2c is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the other frequencies, namely, InterFreqNCovHOThdEcN0.
H2c is the event 2C hysteresis value Hystfor2C.
8.5 HCS Handover Execution

HCS handover execution based on UE speed estimation falls into two categories: inter-layer handover in fast movement and inter-layer handover in slow movement.
The inter-layer handover algorithm initiates the corresponding handover based on speed estimation:
If the UE is in fast movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a lower priority.
If the UE is in slow movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a higher priority.
If the UE is in normal movement, no inter-layer handover occurs.
When the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a lower or higher priority, the neighboring cells whose frequency band is not supported by the UE are not taken into account.
If there are neighboring cells with several candidate frequencies, the RNC selects one of the frequencies randomly.
Inter-Layer Handover in Fast Movement

When deciding that the UE is in fast movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a lower priority (handover from micro cell to macro cell).
If the UE is located in the overlap between the cell with a higher priority and the cell with a lower priority, a blind handover is initiated.
1. The RNC selects the neighboring cells with a lower HCS priority level to generate a cell list. The neighboring cells whose frequency band is not supported by the UE are not
taken into account. If there are neighboring cells with several candidate frequencies, the RNC selects one of the frequencies randomly.
2. The RNC searches for neighboring cells for blind handover according to BlindHOFlag from the cell list generated in step 1.
3. The RNC chooses a neighboring cell whose BlindHOQualityCondition value is the smallest for blind handover.
The RNC determines whether the target cell supports the current service. If the target cell does not support the current service, the RNC does not perform the blind handover.
The target cell can be a UMTS cell or a GSM cell. The priority of an intra-RAT inter-frequency blind handover is higher than that of an inter-RAT blind handover.
If the neighboring cell for blind handover is not configured or the blind handover fails, a measurement is initiated for cells with a lower priority.
The target cell is decided on the basis of the measurement report from the UE.
Inter-Layer Handover in Slow Movement

When deciding that the UE is in slow movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a higher priority (handover from macro cell to micro cell).
The inter-layer handover algorithm initiates a measurement for cells with a higher priority and then decides the target cell based on the measurement report from the UE.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 42 of 148
8.6 Signaling Procedure of HCS Handover

The signaling procedure for HCS handover is the same as that for inter-frequency handover and inter-RAT handover.
8.7 Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Other Handovers

This section describes the following aspects:
Interoperability between HCS handover and intra-frequency handover
Interoperability between HCS handover and inter-frequency handover
Interoperability between HCS handover and inter-RAT handover
Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Intra-Frequency Handover

If an intra-frequency handover is requested when an HCS handover measurement is initiated and an intra-frequency cell measurement is ongoing, the HCS handover
measurement is not disrupted.
After the intra-frequency handover is finished,
If the best cell remains unchanged, the HCS measurement continues.
If the best cell changes, the high-speed estimation for the UE is triggered.
Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Inter-Frequency Handover

An inter-frequency handover is triggered by one of the following factors:
Reporting of event 2D
QoS problem caused by the quality imbalance between uplink and downlink
Imbalance of load between inter-frequency cells
UE speed decision in HCS
Reporting of event 2D indicates that the inter-frequency handover based on coverage is triggered, which is of high priority to be processed.
If the HCS handover algorithm is performing inter-frequency measurement when event 2D is reported, the measurement control is modified according to the algorithm of interfrequency handover based on coverage.
If the RNC is performing inter-frequency measurement after event 2D is reported, HCS handover will not be executed.
If the measurement due to other causes stops, then HCS handover measurement is restarted. Other causes may be reception of event 2F, expiration of measurement control,
or others.
When a speed-based inter-frequency handover is triggered, the RNC determines first whether the timer specified by IFAntiPingpangTimerLength expires.
If the timer does not expire, the RNC cancels this handover.
If the timer expires, the RNC performs the handover.
Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Inter-RAT Handover

It is strongly recommended that the inter-RAT handover to 2G not be used in HCS handover.
Set the UseOfHcs parameter to NOT_USED to disable HCS priority setting for neighboring GSM cells.
9 Blind Handover
Overview
There are two types of blind handover: emergent blind handover and non-emergent blind handover.
Emergent blind handover is triggered by 1F event which indicates the used frequency becomes worse. The UE must perform emergent handover to avoid call drops.
Non-emergent blind handover may be triggered by LDR, DRD, or HCS speed estimation.
For details about LDR and DRD, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
For details about HCS speed estimation, see chapter 8 "HCS Handover."
The parameter BlindHoFlag is configured for neighboring cells and determines whether a blind handover to this cell is allowed.
The parameter BlindHOPrio indicates the blind handover priority of the cell. The value 0 represents the highest priority.
Triggering of Event 1F
After the conditions of event 1F are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TrigTime1F is reached, the UE reports the event 1F measurement report message.
Event 1F is triggered on the basis of the following formula:
10LogMOld T1f - H1f/2
Where,
MOld is the measurement value of the cell that becomes worse.
T1f is an absolute threshold. It is set through the parameter IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP or IntraAblThdFor1FecNo.

H1f is the event 1F hysteresis value set through the parameter Hystfor1F.
Blind Handover Based on Event 1F

When there is only one cell in the active set, the RNC performs inter-frequency blind handover after receiving event 1F.
1. The RNC gets the actual best cell from event 1F. If the quality of the best cell meets the blind handover condition (BlindHORSCP1FThreshold), the RNC gets neighboring
cells for blind handover of the best cell, and filtrates the cells which belong to the frequency bands that UEs don't support. If the quality of the best cell is lower than
BlindHORSCP1FThreshold, the UE is at the edge of the network coverage and the blind handover is not allowed.
2. If there are multiple neighboring cells for blind handover, the RNC chooses the cell with the lowest value of BlindHOQualityCondition and the cell must support all the
current services of UE. When there are multiple such cells, the RNC choose the neighboring cell for blind handover randomly.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 43 of 148
10 Handover Protection
10.1 Anti-Ping-Pong
Inter-Frequency Anti-Ping-Pong
After an inter-frequency handover based on coverage or an inter-frequency blind handover based on event 1F occurs, the RNC starts the anti-ping-pong algorithm to prevent
frequent switching between inter-frequency handovers triggered by different causes.
The inter-frequency anti-ping-pong algorithm is as follows:
1.
When a coverage-based inter-frequency handover or an inter-frequency blind handover based on event 1F occurs, the RNC starts the timer specified by
IFAntiPingpangTimerLength for the UE.
2. When a non-coverage-based inter-frequency handover is triggered, the RNC determines whether the timer specified by IFAntiPingpangTimerLength expires.
If
the timer does not expire, the RNC cancels the handover.
If
the timer expires, the RNC performs the handover.
Inter-RAT (2G-to-3G) Anti-Ping-Pong

For the 2G-to-3G handover, the measurement control message is delivered through a system information broadcast of 2G when the 2G cell has a neighboring 3G cell. The dualmode MS performs the inter-RAT measurement in idle timeslots and reports the measurement results. Based on the reported measurement values, the BSC decides whether to
perform the handover to the 3G network.
To avoid the ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G, the 2G-to-3G handover penalty algorithm is used.
When the UE is handed over from 2G to 3G and if any CS domain service exists, the system increases the hysteresis of event 3A through the parameter
InterRATPingPongHyst to prevent the UE from the ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G in the period specified by the parameter InterRATPingPongTimer. During the
penalty time, the previous periodical report will be changed to the event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that the system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong handover
between 2G and 3G networks.
10.2 Handover Retry

10.2.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Retry
If an inter-frequency handover based on event-triggered measurement report mode fails, the RNC initiates the inter-frequency handover attempt according to inter-frequency
retry algorithm.
After the inter-frequency handover fails, the retry timer for the cell is started.
After the retry timer expires, the UE makes a handover attempt to the cell again until the retry number exceeds the maximum allowed retry number. If the handover succeeds
or two new event 2B reports are received, the periodical retry is stopped.
For the inter-frequency handover based on coverage or QoS, the following two parameters determine the retry period and the maximum number of retry times:
Retry timer: PeriodFor2B
Maximum number of retry times: AmntOfRpt2B
For the inter-frequency handover based on speed, the following two parameters determine the retry period and the maximum number of retry times:
Retry timer:PeriodFor2C
Maximum number of retry times:AmntOfRpt2C
10.2.2 Inter-RAT (3G to 2G) Handover Retry

For an inter-RAT handover failure, if the cause of the failure is not a configuration failure and the retry timer expires, the UE makes attempts to hand over to the cell again until
the retry number exceeds the maximum retry number.
The retry timer and maximum retry number for coverage-based and QoS-based inter-RAT handover are:
Retry timer:PeriodFor3A
Maximum number of retry times:AmntOfRpt3A
The retry timer and maximum retry number for LDR-based and service-based inter-RAT handover are:
Retry timer: PeriodFor3C
Maximum number of retry times:AmntOfRpt3C
The inter-RAT handover retry algorithm works in the following two signaling procedures:
Signaling Procedure for Iu Relocation

1. The RELOCATION REQUIRED message is initiated on the Iu interface.
2. If the RNC receives the RELOCATION PREPARATION FAILURE message, the inter-RAT handover fails.
If the cause of the failure is one of the following configuration failure, the RNC does not make a handover retry to the cell.
Relocation
Failure in Target CN/RNC or Target System, or
Relocation
not supported in Target RNC or Target System, or
Relocation
Target not allowed
Otherwise, the related retry timer for the cell is started. After the retry timer expires, the UE makes handover attempts to the cell again until the retry number exceeds the
maximum retry number.
3. If the RNC receives the RELOCATION COMMAND message, the handover on the Uu interface continues.
4. If the handover succeeds or the new event 3A or 3C report is received, the periodical retry is stopped.
Signaling Procedure for Service-based Handover on the Uu Interface

For CS services or CS and PS combined services, the HANDOVER FROM UTRAN signaling procedure on the Uu interface is performed only when the handover based on
CS services is made.
For a PS service or combined PS services, the CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN or HANDOVER FROM UTRAN signaling procedure on the Uu interface is performed.
If the HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE or CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message is received, the handover on the Uu interface fails.
If the "Inter-RAT handover failure cause" in HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message is "Configuration unacceptable", or if the "Inter-RAT change failure cause" in CELL
CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message is "Configuration unacceptable", the RNC does not make a handover retry to the cell.
Otherwise, the related retry timer for the cell is started. After the retry timer expires, the UE makes a handover attempt to the cell again until the retry number exceeds the
maximum number.
If the handover succeeds or the new event 3A or 3C report is received, the periodical retry is stopped.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 44 of 148
10.3 Inter-RAT Multimedia Fallback

This section involves the feature "WRFD-020307 Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO.
Before the RNC performs handover for the UE that is enjoying the video phone (VP) service, the RNC initiates multimedia fallback to change the VP service to the Adaptive Multi
Rate (AMR) speech service, that is, to perform the 3G-to-2G handover based on the CS AMR speech service.
Overview of Fallback Service

Compared with the traditional speech service of the GSM, the VP service of the UMTS can transmit not only speech services between the calling party and the called party, but
also the images and videos captured by both parties. Since the actual implementation is limited by terminals and networks, the VP service sometimes carries only speech and
may fail to transmit images or videos. In this scenario, the Service Change and Unrestricted Digital Information Fallback (SCUDIF) provide the fallback mechanism that changes
a video call to a common speech call.
As specified in 3GPP TS 23.172, the fallback service of the VP is categorized into the following two types:
The process of changing multimedia services back to speech services during call setup. The RNC does not take part in the process. Therefore, the detailed description of
fallback process is not given hereinafter.
The process of changing multimedia services back to speech services during the call.
Triggering of Fallback Service

Currently, the network-initiated multimedia fallback is performed only for the 3G-to-2G handover. Service changes triggered by the UEs are not supported.
Fallback is initiated when both of the following occasions are met:
The RNC decides to send an inter-RAT handover request after receiving periodical measurement reports of event 1A, 3A, or 3C.
The service is combined with a VP, and the "Alternative RAB Parameters" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT message is a valid AMR speech format.
Procedure of Service Change

Figure 10-1 shows the service change procedure for the 3G-to-2G handover. The network initiates the service change, that is, the RNC initiates the change from the VP service
to the speech service during the call.
Figure 10-1 Service change procedure for the 3G-to-2G handover in the CS domain
1. The CN sends the SRNC a RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message to set up the VP service.
2. During 3G-to-2G handover, the SRNC sends a RANAP RAB MODIFY REQUEST message to change the VP service to the AMR speech service. In the 3GPP R6 protocol,
the information element (IE) Alternative RAB Configuration Request is also added to the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message, which enables the RNC to request the CN to
change the VP service to the AMR speech service.
3. The MSC initiates the Bearer Capability (BC) negotiation with the UE.
4. After the negotiation, the RNC is requested to perform service change.
When the multimedia fallback ends, the RNC decides whether to perform the 3G-to-2G handover according to the current measurements reported by the UE.
At the beginning of the service setup, the RNC saves the RAB parameters.
The CN initiates the RAB reconfiguration to request both parties to perform the multimedia fallback. The single VP service falls back to the single AMR speech service. The
multi-RAB service combined with VP falls back to the multi-RAB service combined with AMR. If the multimedia fallback succeeds, that is, the video phone in the service falls
back to speech successfully, the inter-RAT handover is initiated. Otherwise, the inter-RAT handover fails.
10.4 Transfering Event Report to Periodical Report

After a UE reports event 1A, 1C or, 1J to the RNC, the RNC may miss the measurement reports. If the reported cell does not join active set in a specified period of time, the UE
starts to report the event periodically to avoid missing of measurement reports.
This parameter specifies the reporting period of event 1A. That is, event 1A is reported at each reporting interval.
ReportIntervalfor1A
ReportIntervalfor1C
ReportIntervalfor1J
The following parameters specify the number of reporting times of events for periodical reporting. When the actual reporting times exceeds the set value, the periodical reporting
ends.
PeriodMRReportNumfor1A
PeriodMRReportNumfor1C
PeriodMRReportNumfor1J
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 45 of 148
11 Neighboring Cell Combination

Overview
After the active set is updated, the RNC updates the neighboring cell list by using the neighboring cell combination algorithm according to the status of the active set. This list
includes the new intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells. The combination methods of intra-frequency handover, inter-frequency handover, and interRAT handover are the same.
If the radio link of the drift RNC (DRNC) is added to the active set, the source RNC (SRNC) buffers the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cell lists of
the DRNC until the radio link of the DRNC is released.
The neighboring cell combination result is contained in the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message and sent to the UE, which instructs the UE to perform intra-frequency, interfrequency, and inter-RAT measurement and handover procedures.
The maximum number of neighboring cells of a cell that can be configured is as follows:
The maximum number of intra-frequency neighboring cells is 32, which includes the cell itself.
The maximum number of inter-frequency neighboring cells of single carrier is 32.
The maximum number of inter-frequency neighboring cells of 2 carriers is 64. No more than 2 carriers of inter-frequency cells can be configured.
The maximum number of inter-RAT neighboring cells of multi-carrier is 32
Neighboring Cell Combination Switch

HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH is the neighboring cell combination switch.
If the switch is set to ON, measurement objects are chosen from the neighboring cells of all the cells in the active set.
If the switch is set to OFF, measurement objects are chosen from the neighboring cells of the best cell.
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH is set to ON by default.
Procedure of the Neighboring Cell Combination

After obtaining the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells of each cell in the active set, the RNC calculates the combined neighboring cell set, which is
referred as Sall, by using the following method.
These neighboring cells and active cells are added to Sall in the following order until the number reaches the maximum number of neighboring cells:
Step 1 The best cell in the active is added to Sall.
The best cell is reported on event 1D.
Step 2 Other cells in the active set are added to Sall in the in descending order by CPICH Ec/No.
Step 3 The neighboring cells of the best cell in the active set are added to Sall.
NprioFlag (the flag of the priority) and Nprio (the priority of the neighboring cell), which are set for each neighboring cell, are used to change the order of adding the neighboring
cells to Sall.
When NprioFlag is switched to FALSE, NPrio is cleared.
When NprioFlag is switched to TRUE, NPrio is set simultaneously.
Step 4 The neighboring cells of other cells in the active set are added to Sall in descending order by CPICH Ec/No values of these cells in the active set. The number to be
repeatedly added of each neighboring cell is recorded.
The neighboring cells of the same cell in the active set are added according to Nprio.
If the number of the cells in Sall is more than maximum number of neighboring cells, delete the neighboring cells whose repeated number in Sall is less. The best cell and its
neighboring cells will not be deleted.
----End
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 46 of 148
12 Compressed Mode
Overview
Compressed mode control is a mechanism whereby certain idle periods are created in radio frames during which the UE can perform measurements on other frequencies. The
UE must use the compressed mode if the UE needs to measure the pilot signal strength of an inter-frequency cell or inter-RAT cell and has a single-frequency receiver only.
Figure 12-1 Compressed mode
Compressed Mode Switches

The parameter DlSFLimitCMInd decides whether to start the DL compressed mode according to the parameter LimitCMDlSFThd.
If DlSFLimitCMInd = True,
When
the downlink spreading factor is smaller than or equal to the parameter LimitCMDlSFThd, the compressed mode is disabled.
When
the downlink spreading factor is greater than the parameter LimitCMDlSFThd, the compressed mode is enabled.
If DlSFLimitCMInd = False, the compressed mode is not limited by the downlink spreading factor.
The uplink 384kbps uses SF4. The method of SF/2 is not allowed for the services of SF4.
CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH under CmcfSwitch determines whether to set up the uplink RB of SF4 during the preparation for SF/2 compressed mode.
If CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH is set to ON, the RB of SF4 can be set up during the preparation for SF/2 compressed mode. The inter-frequency or interRAT handover measurement, however, cannot be triggered, because SF4 cannot be compressed to SF2.
If CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RB of SF4 cannot be set up during the preparation for SF/2 compressed mode. The system can trigger the
SF/2 compressed mode measurement.
CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH under CmcfSwitch determines whether to use the frequencies beyond the range of UE reports on the compressed mode
measurement.
To initiate the high layer scheduling, set the following two switches:
If the algorithm switch CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH in the command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to ON, the DL high-layer scheduling for the compressed mode is
allowed.
If the algorithm switch CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH in the command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to ON, the UL high-layer scheduling for the compressed mode is
allowed.
Compression Methods
There are two methods to implement the compressed mode as follows:
Method
Description
SF/2
The SF is reduced by half to improve the rate on the channel. It takes

less time to transmit the same volume of data. In this way transmit
gaps are created. The SF must be larger than 4.
The SF/2 mode consumes more system resources and therefore this
mode is recommended only for low-rate users.
High layer
scheduling
High layer limits the allowed TFC (Transport Format Combination) to

create gaps without data to be transmitted.
The high-layer scheduling mode requires variable multiplexing
positions of transport channels and is applicable to a relatively narrow
range. In addition, this approach affects the transmission rate of users.
Therefore, this mode is recommended only when the SF/2 approach is
unavailable or there are high-rate users.
The RNC automatically determines the type of compressed mode on the basis of the spreading factor used in the uplink or the downlink.
When the downlink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the parameter DlSFTurnPoint, the SF/2 approach is preferred. Otherwise, the high layer scheduling is used.
When the uplink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the parameter UlSFTurnPoint, the SF/2 approach is preferred. Otherwise, the high layer scheduling is used.
Compression Types
The compression types are as follows:
Inter-frequency measurement
Inter-RAT measurement
Coexistence of inter-frequency and inter-RAT
The parameter InterFreqRATSwitch determines the compression types allowed by the RNC
If the parameter is set to INTERFREQ, the RNC allows the UE to perform only inter-frequency measurement
If the parameter is set to INTERRAT, the RNC allows the UE to perform only Inter-RAT measurement.
If the parameter is set to SIMINTERFREQRAT, the RNC allows the UE to perform both inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement.
During the concurrent inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement, the parameter CoexistMeasThdChoice decides the event 2D threshold:
When the parameter is set to COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ, the inter-frequency measurement threshold for event 2D is used.
When the parameter is set to COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT, the inter-RAT measurement threshold for event 2D is used.
Measurement Timer Length

When the UE takes a long time to perform the inter-frequency measurement in compressed mode, the radio network will be affected. To avoid the influence, the RNC stops the
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 47 of 148
inter-frequency measurement and disables the compressed mode if no inter-frequency handover occurs upon expiry of the inter-frequency measurement timer.
The timer is specified by InterFreqMeasTime in inter-frequency handover based on coverage, load or HCS.
The timer is specified by InterRATMeasTime in inter-RAT handover based on coverage, load, or service.
The timer is specified by DLQosMcTimerLen or ULQosMcTimerLen in inter-RAT handover based on downlink or uplink QoS respectively.
Compatibility Switch for Dual-frequency Receiver

If the UE has a dual-frequency receiver, it can perform inter-frequency measurement without starting the compressed mode if all of the following conditions are met:
The CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH is on.
The value of the IE "Adjacent frequency measurements without compressed mode" reported by the UE is TRUE.
For the UE that supports dual-carrier HSDPA(DC-HSDPA):

If
the UE has a DC-HSDPA service, all the cells involved in inter-frequency measurement are at the same frequency as the supplementary carrier.
If
the UE does not have a DC-HSDPA service, all the cells involved in inter-frequency measurement are at the same frequency, with a 5 MHz spacing from the current cell,
but within the same band as the current cell.
Each physical frame can provide three to seven timeslots for the inter-frequency or inter-RAT cell measurement.
Compatibility Switches for HSPA

There are some UEs that do not support the CM when an HSPA+ or HSDPA or HSUPA service is active. For compatibility reasons with these UE, compatibility switch
parameters have been introduced.
The parameter HsdpaCMPermissionInd is used to enable or disable CM for HSDPA users.
If this parameter value is TRUE, CM is permitted on HSDPA and HSDPA can be activated with CM activated. If this parameter value is FALSE, H2D is needed before CM
activated when HSDPA exists and HSDPA can't exist when CM is activated.
The parameter HsupaCMPermissionInd decides whether the compressed mode (CM) can be used on HSUPA.
If the parameter is set to Permit, the UE in E-DCH state performs measurement.
If the parameter is set to Limited, the reconfiguration from E-DCH to DCH is required before CM is activated because HSUPA does not support CM.
If the parameter is set to BasedOnUECap, the RNC determines whether to perform E2D procedure before CM activated based on the UE capability.
The parameter EHSPACMPermissionInd indicates whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with the HSPA+ service.
When the EHSPACMPermissionInd value is FALSE the switch is deactivated and the RNC, before request to the UE to start the CM, starts a RB RECONFIGURATION
procedure to degrade the HSPA+ service to DCH, than requests the UE to start the COMPRESSED MODE.
After
the Hard Handover is completed the RNC starts a RB RECONFIGURATION procedure to promote the DCH service to HSPA+
When
this switch is disabled all the HSPA+ UEs (CM and not CM capable) are degraded to DCH before the CM procedure.
When the EHSPACMPermissionInd value is TRUE the switch is activated and the RNC does not triggers the RB RECONFIGURATION procedure before to request the CM.
Not affected UEs are capable to start the measurements during the HSPA+ service and can perform the Hard Handover without service degrades. On the contrary, UEs that
do not support the CM during HSPA+ are not capable to complete the Hard Handover procedure successfully.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 48 of 148
13 Parameters
Table 13-1 Parameter description
Parameter
ID
NE
MML
AmntOfRpt2B
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Description
Meaning: Maximum number of inter-frequency handover
re-attempts after event 2B is reported when the
measurement control message is valid.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of
inter-frequency handover re-attempts increases and the
possibility of successfully handing over the UE to the target
cell whose load becomes normal increases. When the
number of inter-frequency handover re-attempts reaches
the threshold, the RNC sends another inter-frequency
measurement control message to allow the UE to be
handed over to other cells of this frequency.
If the measurement control is released, the inter-frequency
handover re-attempt is stopped.
GUI Value Range: 0~63
Actual Value Range: 0~62, 63: Infinity
Unit: None
Default Value: 4
AmntOfRpt2B
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Maximum number of inter-frequency handover

re-attempts after event 2B is reported when the
measurement control message is valid.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of
inter-frequency handover re-attempts increases and the
possibility of successfully handing over the UE to the target
cell whose load becomes normal increases. When the
number of inter-frequency handover re-attempts reaches
the threshold, the RNC sends another inter-frequency
measurement control message to allow the UE to be
handed over to other cells of this frequency.
If the measurement control is released, the inter-frequency
handover re-attempt is stopped.
Unit: None
Default Value: 4
AmntOfRpt2C
BSC6900ADD
Meaning: Maximum number of handover attempts for
UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV event 2C.
(Optional)
This parameter specifies the maximum number of
handover re-attempts for event 2C when the measurement
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV control message is valid. If this parameter is set to a
(Optional)
greater value, inter-frequency handover re-attempts
increase and the possibility of successfully handing over
the UE to the target cell whose load becomes normal
increases. When the number of re-attempts reaches the
preset value, the RNC does not attempt to perform the
handover. Alternatively, when the measurement control is
cancelled, the handover re-attempt is stopped
immediately.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
AmntOfRpt2C
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHONCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Maximum number of handover attempts for

event 2C.
handover re-attempts for event 2C when the measurement
control message is valid. If this parameter is set to a
greater value, inter-frequency handover re-attempts
increase and the possibility of successfully handing over
the UE to the target cell whose load becomes normal
increases. When the number of re-attempts reaches the
preset value, the RNC does not attempt to perform the
handover. Alternatively, when the measurement control is
cancelled, the handover re-attempt is stopped
immediately.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
AmntOfRpt3A
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Maximum number of handover attempts after

inter-RAT handover triggered by event 3A fails.
handover re-attempts for event 3A when the measurement
control is valid. If this parameter is set to a greater value,
the number of inter-RAT handover re-attempts increases
and the possibility of successfully handing over the UE to
the target cell whose load becomes normal increases.
After reaching the value specified by this parameter, the
RNC makes no further handover attempt to the target cell.
If the compressed mode is disabled, the handover reattempt will be aborted.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 49 of 148

Unit: None
Default Value: 4
AmntOfRpt3A
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Maximum number of handover attempts after

inter-RAT handover triggered by event 3A fails.
handover re-attempts for event 3A when the measurement
control is valid. If this parameter is set to a greater value,
the number of inter-RAT handover re-attempts increases
and the possibility of successfully handing over the UE to
the target cell whose load becomes normal increases.
After reaching the value specified by this parameter, the
RNC makes no further handover attempt to the target cell.
If the compressed mode is disabled, the handover reattempt will be aborted.
Unit: None
Default Value: 4
AmntOfRpt3C
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Maximum number of handover re-attempts for

event 3C.
handover attempts for event 3C when the measurement
greater value, the number of inter-RAT handover reattempts increases and the possibility of successfully
handing over the UE to the target cell whose load
becomes normal increases. After reaching the value
specified by this parameter, the RNC makes no further
handover attempt to the target cell. If the compressed
mode is disabled, the handover re-attempt will be aborted.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
AmntOfRpt3C
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Maximum number of handover re-attempts for

event 3C.
handover attempts for event 3C when the measurement
greater value, the number of inter-RAT handover reattempts increases and the possibility of successfully
handing over the UE to the target cell whose load
becomes normal increases. After reaching the value
specified by this parameter, the RNC makes no further
handover attempt to the target cell. If the compressed
mode is disabled, the handover re-attempt will be aborted.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
BlindHOFlag
BlindHOFlag
BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmount
BSC6900ADD
U2GNCELL
(Optional)
MOD
U2GNCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: Whether to perform blind handover.

The value FALSE indicates that the cell is not considered
as a candidate cell for blind handover. Therefore, blind
over to this cell cannot be triggered.
BSC6900ADD
UINTERFREQNCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UINTERFREQNCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: Whether to perform blind handover.

The value FALSE indicates that the cell is not considered
as a candidate cell for blind handover. Therefore, blind
over to this cell cannot be triggered.
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Used in the algorithm of the load reshuffling

(LDR) intra-frequency blind handover. This parameter
specifies the number of the required measurement reports
that fulfill the handover criterion before the blind handover
decision is triggered. The RNC initiates blind handover
only when the UE continuously reports adequate intrafrequency measurement reports that fulfill the quality
criterion for blind handover. If the UE reports an
unqualified measurement report, the measurement
process is stopped. In this case, the RNC does not initiate
blind handover.
GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE

Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Unit: None
Default Value: False

Unit: None
GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D4, D8

Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 8
Unit: None
Default Value: D2
BlindHOIntrafreqMRInterval
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
Meaning: Interval between intra-frequency measurement

reports for LDR blind handover. If this parameter is set to a
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 50 of 148
(Optional)
smaller value, the interval between intra-frequency

measurement reports is shorter, that is, the intra-frequency
measurement takes a shorter period; however, the
measurement results are more affected by signal changes.
This may cause incorrect handovers. If this parameter is
set to a greater value, the interval between intra-frequency
measurement reports is longer, and the measurement
results are less affected by signal changes. This may
increase the success rate of blind handovers. In this case,
however, the intra-frequency measurement takes a longer
period of time, and the handover may fail to be triggered
timely.
GUI Value Range: D250, D500
Actual Value Range: 250, 500
Unit: ms
Default Value: D250
BlindHOQualityCondition
BSC6900ADD
UINTERFREQNCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UINTERFREQNCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: Quality condition for triggering the blind

handover.
If this parameter is not set to 115, a conditional blind
handover can be triggered in an inter-frequency
neighboring cell with the same coverage. If this parameter
is set to 115, a direct blind handover can be triggered in
an inter-frequency neighboring cell with the larger
coverage.
GUI Value Range: -115~-25
Actual Value Range: -115~-25
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
CellCapContainerFdd
BSC6900ADD
UEXT3GCELL
(Mandatory)
MOD
UEXT3GCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: 1) DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT (delay

activation support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it
means that the cell support delay activation. Delayed
Activation IE indicates that the activation of the DL power
shall be delayed until an indicated CFN or until a separate
activation indication is received.
2) HSDSCH_SUPPORT(HSDSCH support indicator):when
the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support
HSDSCH and enable downlink traffic to be established in
HSDSCH.
3) FDPCH_SUPPORT(F-DPCH support indicator):when
the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support FDPCH and enable downlink signal to be established in FDPCH, but the cell can not support F-DPCH if it does not
support HSDSCH.
4) EDCH_SUPPORT(E-DCH support indicator):when the
indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support E-DCH
and enable uplink signal and traffic to be established in EDCH..
5) EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT(E-DCH 2ms TTI support
indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the
cell support E-DCH 2ms TTI.
6) EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF
support 2SF2+2SF4 indicator):when the indicator is TRUE,
it means that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of
2SF2+2SF4.
7) EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF
cell has E-DCH SF capability of 2SF2.
8) EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF4
cell has E-DCH SF capability of 2SF4.
9) EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support SF4
cell has E-DCH SF capability of SF4.
10) EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support SF8
cell has E-DCH SF capability of SF8.
11)EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT(E-DCH
support HARQ IR Combining indicator):when the indicator
is TRUE, it means that the cell use IR combine Mode
when MAC-e PDUs are received more than one time in EDCH.
12) EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT(E-DCH
support HARQ CHASE Combining indicator): when the
indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell use CHASE
combine Mode when MAC-e PDUs are received more than
one time in E-DCH.
13) CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT (CPC DTX-DRX support
indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the
cell supports CPC DTX_DRX.
14) CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT (CPC HSSCCH less operation support indicator): when the indicator
is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports CPC HS-SCCH
less operation.
15) HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT (MIMO support
indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the
cell supports MIMO.
16) FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT (flexible MAC-d
PDU Size support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it
indicates that the cell supports flexible MAC-d PDU Size.
17) FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT (F-DPCH slot
format support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 51 of 148
indicates that the cell supports F-DPCH slot format, which

depends on FDPCH. If F-DPCH slot format is set to
support in the cell, it should support FDPCH too.
18) HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT (downlink
64QAM support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it
indicates that the cell supports downlink 64QAM.
GUI Value Range: DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT,
HSDSCH_SUPPORT, FDPCH_SUPPORT,
EDCH_SUPPORT, EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT,
EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT,
EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT,
EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT,
EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT,
EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT,
CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT,
CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT,
HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT,
FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT,
FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT,
HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT
Actual Value Range: DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT,
HSDSCH_SUPPORT, FDPCH_SUPPORT,
EDCH_SUPPORT, EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT,
EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT,
EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT,
EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT,
EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT,
EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT,
CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT,
CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT,
HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT,
FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT,
FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT,
HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT
Unit: None
Default Value: None
CellsForbidden1A
BSC6900ADD
UINTRAFREQNCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UINTRAFREQNCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: Determines whether event 1A threshold is

affected when the cell is added to the active set. If this
parameter is set to "NOT_AFFECT", the relative threshold
of event 1A is not affected when the cell is added to the
active set. That is, the cell signals are not involved when
the UE evaluates whether event 1A should be triggered. If
this parameter is set to "AFFECT", the relative threshold of
event 1A is affected when the cell is added to the active
set. That is, the cell signals are involved when the UE
evaluates whether event 1A should be triggered.
GUI Value Range: AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT
Actual Value Range: AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT
Unit: None
Default Value: AFFECT
CellsForbidden1B
BSC6900ADD
UINTRAFREQNCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UINTRAFREQNCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: Flag of whether adding a cell into the active set

will affect the relative threshold of the event 1B.
This parameter is a flag of whether adding the cell into the
active set will affect the relative threshold of the event 1B
NOT_AFFECT: Adding the cell into the active set does not
affect the relative threshold of the event 1B. The cell signal
will affect the UE evaluate whether event 1B should occur.
AFFECT: Adding the cell into the active set affects the
relative threshold of the event 1B. The cell signal will not
affect the UE evaluate whether event 1B should occur.
GUI Value Range: AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT
Actual Value Range: AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT
Unit: None
Default Value: AFFECT
ChannelRetryHoTimerLen
BSC6900SET
UCOIFTIMER
(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter specifies the value of the

handover protection timer. If services can be set up on
channels based on a higher technique after channel
handover is completed, the handover protection timer will
be started. When the timer expires, the RNC will try to
carry services on channels based on a higher technique.
Channel retry cannot be performed before this timer
expires.
Actual Value Range: 0~999
Unit: s
Default Value: 2
ChannelRetryTimerLen
BSC6900SET
UCOIFTIMER
(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter specifies the value of the

channel retry timer. The timer will start after traffic is set up
or reconfigured, if higher technique is available. Channel
retry will be performed after this timer expires.
Unit: s
Default Value: 5
CIO
BSC6900ADD
UCELLSETUP
(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter works with the offset of

neighboring cell-oriented Cell Individual Offset (CIO). It is
used for intra- or inter-frequency handover decisions. For
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 52 of 148
MOD
UCELLSETUP
(Optional)
CIO
BSC6900ADD
UEXT2GCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UEXT2GCELL
(Optional)
details, refer to 3GPP TS 25.331.

GUI Value Range: -20~20
Actual Value Range: -10~10, step: 0.5
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
Meaning: It is set according to the topographic feature.
This parameter is used for the inter-RAT handover
decision in combination with the neighboring cell oriented
CIO. The larger the sum, the higher the handover priority
of the GSM cell. The smaller the sum, the lower the
handover priority of the GSM cell. The parameter is
generally set to 0.
As for the impact on network performance:
The larger the value of the parameter is, the easier it is to
be handed over to the GSM network. The smaller the
value of the parameter is, the harder it is to be handed
over to the GSM network.
Actual Value Range: -50~50
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
CIO
CIOOffset
BSC6900ADD
UEXT3GCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UEXT3GCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: The CIO value specified in this parameter

cooperates with the neighboring cell oriented CIO. For
details about the meaning of this parameter, refer to 3GPP
TS 25.331 and the description of [CIOOffset].
BSC6900ADD
U2GNCELL
(Optional)
MOD
U2GNCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: Cell individual offset for the GSM cell.

This parameter is used for decision making for the interRAT handover. A larger value of the parameter indicates
the higher the handover priority of the GSM cell. A smaller
the value of the parameter indicates the lower the
handover priority of the GSM cell.

Actual Value Range: -10~10, step:0.5
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0

Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
CIOOffset
BSC6900ADD
UINTERFREQNCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UINTERFREQNCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: Cell individual offset for neighboring cells. This

parameter, together with "Cell oriented CIO", is added to
the measurement quantity before the UE evaluates
whether an event occurs. In handover algorithms, this
parameter is used for moving the border of a cell.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
CIOOffset
BSC6900ADD
UINTRAFREQNCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UINTRAFREQNCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: Cell individual offset for neighboring cells. This

parameter, together with "Cell oriented CIO", is added to
the measurement quantity before the UE evaluates
whether an event occurs. In handover algorithms, this
parameter is used for moving the border of a cell.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
CmcfSwitch
BSC6900SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH
(Optional)
Meaning: CMCF algorithm switch.

1) CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
compressed mode supports DL higher-layer scheduling.
2) CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
compressed mode supports UL higher-layer scheduling.
3) CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the compressed mode of the UE in the
compressed mode pre-configuration state can be different
from that required by current traffic.
4) CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH:
When the RNC starts inter-frequency or inter-RAT
measurement, the RNC checks the information of whether
the compressed mode is required for measurement on the
frequency band of the cells in measurement list. The
information should be reported by the UE in RRC connect
setup complete message. When the switch is on and no
such information has been reported, the RNC starts the
compressed mode and then delivers the measurement.
GUI Value Range: CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH,
CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH,
CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH,
CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH
Actual Value Range: CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH,
CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH,
CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH,
CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH
Unit: None
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 53 of 148
Default Value: None

CoexistMeasThdChoice
BSC6900ADD
UCELLHOCOMM
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLHOCOMM
(Optional)
Meaning: Type of event 2D/2F measurement thresholds

when inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements
coexist.
When COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ is
selected, event 2D/2F measurement thresholds oriented
towards inter-frequency configuration are selected. When
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT is selected,
event 2D/2F measurement thresholds oriented towards
inter-RAT configuration are selected.
The factors such as the event 2D/2F measurement
thresholds for inter-frequency measurement, interfrequency and inter-RAT handover decision thresholds,
and current handover policy should be considered during
setting. For example, if the event 2D threshold for interRAT measurement is higher than that for inter-frequency
measurement, and inter-frequency neighboring cells are
preferred when inter-RAT and inter-frequency neighboring
cells coexist, then
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ should be
selected.
GUI Value Range:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ(Choosing
the inter-frequency oriented parameters),
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT(Choosing
the inter-RAT oriented parameters)
Actual Value Range:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ,
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT
Unit: None
Default Value:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ
CoexistMeasThdChoice
BSC6900SET
UHOCOMM
(Optional)
Meaning: Type of event 2D/2F measurement thresholds

when inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements
coexist.
When COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ is
selected, event 2D/2F measurement thresholds oriented
towards inter-frequency configuration are selected. When
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT is selected,
event 2D/2F measurement thresholds oriented towards
inter-RAT configuration are selected.
The factors such as the event 2D/2F measurement
thresholds for inter-frequency measurement, interfrequency and inter-RAT handover decision thresholds,
and current handover policy should be considered during
setting. For example, if the event 2D threshold for interRAT measurement is higher than that for inter-frequency
measurement, and inter-frequency neighboring cells are
preferred when inter-RAT and inter-frequency neighboring
cells coexist, then
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ should be
selected.
GUI Value Range:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ(Choosing
the inter-frequency oriented parameters),
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT(Choosing
the inter-RAT oriented parameters)
Actual Value Range:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ,
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT
Unit: None
Default Value:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ
CSHOOut2GloadThd
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Threshold for the relocated 2G load in an interRAT handover in CS domain.

This parameter specifies the threshold for the 2G CS load
which is relocated. When the GSM load policy is used, that
is, when "NcovHoOn2GldInd" is set to "ON", the inter-RAT
3G-to-2G relocation process in CS domain will be aborted
if the cell load sent by the 2G system to the 3G system
exceeds this threshold.
Unit: per cent
Default Value: 80
CSHOOut2GloadThd
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Threshold for the relocated 2G load in an interRAT handover in CS domain.

This parameter specifies the threshold for the 2G CS load
is, when "NcovHoOn2GldInd" is set to "ON", the inter-RAT
3G-to-2G relocation process in CS domain will be aborted
if the cell load sent by the 2G system to the 3G system
exceeds this threshold.
Unit: per cent
Default Value: 80
CSServiceHOSwitch
BSC6900ADD
Meaning: Whether the cell allows inter-RAT handover for
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 54 of 148
UCELLHOCOMM
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLHOCOMM
(Optional)
CS services.
When the switch is set to ON, the inter-RAT handover for
CS services is enabled. When the switch is set to OFF, the
inter-RAT handover for CS services is disabled.
Based on the Service Handover Indicator of a service and
the related parameter configurations on the network side,
related measurements and inter-RAT handover are
triggered immediately once a service is set up. This switch
is set to ON only when service handover is required.
Generally, the switch is set to OFF.
Note that the service handover is triggered only when the
Service Handover Indicator is set to
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM and the interRAT handover switch for the corresponding service is set
to ON. Both conditions are mandatory. For hybrid services,
the service handover is not triggered.
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
CSVoiceoverHSPASuppInd
BSC6900ADD
UNRNC
(Optional)
MOD
UNRNC
(Optional)
Meaning: Indicates whether degrade HSPA to DCH

procedure is performed before the relocation procedure
when the CS services are carried on the HSPA. If this
parameter is set to OFF, the HSPA needs to be degraded
to the DCH before the relocation procedure. If this
parameter is
set to ON, the HSPA need not be degraded to the DCH
before the
relocation procedure.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
DivCtrlField
BSC6900SET
UHOCOMM
(Optional)
Meaning: There are two combination methods for uplink

combination of soft handover: one is maximum ratio
combination at the NodeB Rake receiver, which gives the
highest combination gain; the other is selective
combination at the RNC, which gives a relatively smaller
combination gain. The default value of the indication switch
is MAY, which means the NodeB decides whether to
implement maximum ratio combination according to its
own physical conditions; when MUST is selected, the
NodeB is forced to carry out maximum ratio combination
which is usually used in tests; when MUST_NOT is
selected, the NodeB is forbidden to carry out maximum
ratio combination.
Consider the working status (test/normal operation) and
the propagation environment when deciding whether to
implement softer combination and to adopt which kind of
softer combination.
GUI Value Range: MAY(NodeB chooses whether combine
at NodeB), MUST(Must combine at NodeB), MUST_NOT
(Must combine at RNC)
Actual Value Range: MAY, MUST, MUST_NOT
Unit: None
Default Value: MAY
DLQosMcTimerLen
BSC6900MOD
UCELLQOSHO
(Optional)
ADD
UCELLQOSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Timer length for downlink Qos measurement.

This parameter controls the time lengths for the interfrequency and inter-RAT measurement based on Qos.
After inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement starts, if
no inter-frequency handover is performed when this timer
expires, the measurement is stopped, and the compressed
mode is deactivated, if any. If this parameter is set to 0,
this indicates that the timer will not be started.
For the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement based
on coverage, the compressed mode can be stopped
through reporting event 2F. For measurement that is not
based on coverage, event 2F is not reported, and the timer
must be set but should not be set to 0.
It reduces the influence of long time compressed mode to
the serving cell.
The compressed mode may be stopped ahead of time,
which can cause the result that the UE fails to initiate interfrequency or inter-RAT handover, and thus can lead to call
drops.
Unit: s
Default Value: 20
DLQosMcTimerLen
BSC6900SET
UQOSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Timer length for downlink Qos measurement.

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 55 of 148

the serving cell.
drops.
Unit: s
Default Value: 20
DlRscpQosHyst
BSC6900MOD
UCELLQOSHO
(Optional)
ADD
UCELLQOSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Frequency hysteresis of downlink RSCP Qos.

This parameter controls the used frequency thresholds for
the inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement based on
Qos.
In event mode, if the inter-frequency and inter-RAT
measurement events occurred for the downlink Qos
reason, the used frequency threshold of the RSCP
measurement quantity is equal to the used frequency
threshold that is configured on the OMU server in
coverage measurement plus this parameter.
The larger the value of the parameter is, the more easily
event 2B, inter-frequency handover based on Qos, and
event 3A, inter-RAT handover based on Qos, can be
triggered, and thus the more timely the handover to the
target cell can be performed.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 5
DlRscpQosHyst
BSC6900SET
UQOSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Frequency hysteresis of downlink RSCP Qos.

This parameter controls the used frequency thresholds for
the inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement based on
Qos.
In event mode, if the inter-frequency and inter-RAT
measurement events occurred for the downlink Qos
reason, the used frequency threshold of the RSCP
measurement quantity is equal to the used frequency
threshold that is configured on the OMU server in
coverage measurement plus this parameter.
The larger the value of the parameter is, the more easily
event 2B, inter-frequency handover based on Qos, and
event 3A, inter-RAT handover based on Qos, can be
triggered, and thus the more timely the handover to the
target cell can be performed.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 5
DlSFLimitCMInd
BSC6900SET UCMCF
(Optional)
Meaning: Whether the CM is limited by the downlink

spreading factor (SF). Starting the compressed mode is
resource consuming for the fast-moving UEs, so this
parameter is set to control whether the downlink SF of the
current DCH channel should be considered. When this
parameter is set to FALSE, the enabling of CM does not
consider the SF of the downlink DCH channel; when this
parameter is set to TRUE, the enabling of CM considers
the SF of the downlink DCH channel.
GUI Value Range: FALSE(Not Limited), TRUE(Limited)
Unit: None
DlSFTurnPoint
BSC6900ADD
UCELLCMCF
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLCMCF
(Optional)
Meaning: Downlink compressed mode (CM)

implementation mode selection threshold.
When the downlink spreading factor is greater than or
equal to the value of this parameter, the SF/2 mode is
preferred. Otherwise, the high-layer scheduling mode is
preferred.
The SF/2 mode consumes more system resources and
therefore this mode is recommended only for low-rate
users. The high-layer scheduling mode requires variable
multiplexing positions of transport channels and is
applicable to a relatively narrow range. In addition, this
approach affects the transmission rate of users. Therefore,
this mode is recommended only when the SF/2 approach
is unavailable or there are high-rate users.
GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D256
Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256
Unit: None
Default Value: D64
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
DlSFTurnPoint
Page 56 of 148
BSC6900SET UCMCF
(Optional)
Meaning: Downlink compressed mode (CM)

implementation mode selection threshold.
When the downlink spreading factor is greater than or
equal to the value of this parameter, the SF/2 mode is
preferred. Otherwise, the high-layer scheduling mode is
preferred.
Unit: None
Default Value: D64
EHSPACMPermissionInd
BSC6900SET UCMCF
(Optional)
Meaning: Whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist

with the HSPA+ service.
If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can enable
the CM for HSPA+ services. 2. The HSPA+ services can
be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is
set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSPA+ services can be
enabled only after the uplink and downlink H2D (HS-DSCH
to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSPA+ services cannot be
enabled when the CM is enabled.
This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSPA+
terminals that do not support CM when HSPA+ is enabled.
GUI Value Range: FALSE(Forbidden), TRUE(Permit)
Unit: None
HCSPrio
HCSPrio
HCSPrio
HoSwitch
BSC6900ADD
UCELLHCS
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLHCS
(Optional)
Meaning: HCS priority of the cell belongs to. The

parameter depends on HCS rules. For details, refer to
3GPP TS 25.304.
BSC6900ADD
UEXT2GCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UEXT2GCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter indicates the HCS priority level

The smaller the coverage of the cell is, the higher the
priority level of the cell should be set.
BSC6900ADD
UEXT3GCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UEXT3GCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter indicates the HCS priority level

The smaller the coverage of the cell is, the higher the
priority level of the cell should be set.
BSC6900SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH
(Optional)
Meaning: Handover switch.

1) HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the RNC evaluates the UE's moving speed in
the HCS and initiates fast intra-layer or slow inter-layer
handover.
2) HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the LDR inter-frequency handover is allowed
during soft handover.
3) HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, the UE requires that the redirection strategy be used
for frequency layer convergence.
4) HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, the associated receiving and mobility algorithms of the
overlay network are used. When the switch is not on, the
associated algorithms are not used. Overlay network is an
UTRAN network covering present network, it supports
HSPA, MBMS and other new features. To satisfy new
requirements of operator and restrictions of present
network, overlay network realizes operation distribution
and load sharing between new network and present
network, also gives special handling for mobility
management of network verge.
5) HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency
measure control or the load-based inter-frequency hard
handover upon the handover decision on inter-frequency
load.
6) HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: When the switch
is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency
measure control and the CS inter-RAT hard handover from
the 3G network to the 2G network.
7)

Unit: None
Default Value: 0

Unit: None
Default Value: 0

Unit: None
Default Value: 0
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 57 of 148
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the NACC function is supported
during the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network to
the 2G network in the cell change order process. When the
switch is not on, the NACC function is not supported.
When PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH is ON, this
switch is useless. When the NACC function is supported,
the UE skips the reading procedure as the SI/PSI of the
target cell is provided after the UE accesses the 2G cell.
Thus, the delay of inter-cell handover is reduced.
8) HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the PS inter-RAT handover from
the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the
relocation process. When the switch is not on, the PS
inter-RAT handover from the 3G network to the 2G
network is performed in the cell change order process.
9) HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: When the switch
is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency
measure control and the PS inter-RAT hard handover from
the 3G network to the 2G network.
10) HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the attributes of inter-RAT
handover of the services are based on the configuration of
RNC parameters. When the switch is not on, the attributes
are set on the basis of the CN. If no information is provided
by the CN, the attributes are then based on the RNC
parameters.
11)
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the cells in the detected set from
which the RNC receives their valid event reports can be
added to the active set. The cells allowed to be added to
the active set must be the neighboring cells of the cells in
the active set.
12) HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, statistics on the intra-frequency
measurement reports of the detected set are taken.
13) HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate the intrafrequency hard handover.
14) HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the event 1J is included in the delivery of
intra-frequency measurement control if the UE version is
R6.
15) HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the cells on the RNC can active the soft
handover. When the RNC receives reports on the events
1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D, associated addition, removal, and
replacement of handover cell of the soft handover are
initiated.
16) HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the neighboring cell whose frequency
band is beyond the UE's capabilities can also be delivered
in the inter-frequency measurement list.
17) HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the neighboring cell combined algorithm is
used during the delivery of the objects to be measured.
When the switch is not on, the optimal cell algorithm is
used.
18) HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, intra-frequency handover is allowed over the
Iur interface if the UE has only signaling.
19) HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
quality measurement on the active set is delivered after
signaling setup but before service setup. If the UE is at the
cell verge or receives weak signals after accessing the
network, the RNC can trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT
handover when the UE sets up the RRC.
20) HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the RNC controls the UEs in the connected
state based on the configurations on the CN. The UEs can
only access and move in authorized cells.
GUI Value Range:
HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH,
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 58 of 148
Actual Value Range:

HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH,
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH
Unit: None
Default Value: None
HsdpaCMPermissionInd
BSC6900SET UCMCF
(Optional)

with the HSDPA service. If this parameter is set to TRUE:
1. the RNC can enable the CM for HSDPA services. 2. The
HSDPA services can be enabled when the CM is enabled.
If this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSDPA
services can be enabled only after the H2D (HS-DSCH to
DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSDPA services cannot be
enabled when the CM is enabled.
This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSDPA
terminals that do not support CM when HSDPA is enabled.
GUI Value Range: FALSE(Forbidden), TRUE(Permit)
Unit: None
Default Value: True
HspaTimerLen
BSC6900SET
UHOCOMM
(Optional)
Meaning: HSPA serving cell change is usually triggered by

event 1D. To avoid frequent serving cell change which
may affect the system performance, a protection timer
TimerHSPA is needed. This timer shall be started upon
HSPA serving cell changed, i.e. the serving HSDSCH cell
changed or the EDCH serving cell changed. And no more
1D-triggered serving cell change shall be performed until
the timer expires. However, this timer shall not restrict
HSPA serving cell change to another cell in the active set if
current serving cell is to be removed from the active set.
The value 0 means this timer shall not be started and
serving cell change be initiated immediately.
Unit: s
Default Value: 0
HsupaCMPermissionInd
BSC6900SET UCMCF
(Optional)

with the HSUPA service. If this parameter is set to Permit:
1. the RNC can enable the CM for HSUPA services. 2. The
HSUPA services can be enabled when the CM is enabled.
If this parameter is set to Limited: 1. the CM for HSUPA
services can be enabled only after the E2D (E-DCH to
DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSUPA services cannot be
enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to
BasedonUECap, the RNC determines whether CM can be
enabled for HSUPA services and whether HSUPA services
can be enabled when the CM is enabled by considering
the UE capability.
This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSUPA
terminals that do not support CM when HSUPA is enabled.
GUI Value Range: Limited, Permit, BasedOnUECap
(Based On UE Capability)
Actual Value Range: Limited, Permit, BasedOnUECap
Unit: None
Default Value: BasedOnUECap
Hystfor1B
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1B. The value of this

parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this
parameter is set to a greater value, the number of pingpong handovers and the number of incorrect handovers
reduce; however, the handover may not be triggered in
time. For details on the definition of this parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.331.In addition, filter coefficient and interval
time must be considered in setting this parameter.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the SHO
coverage for an incoming UE reduces; however, the SHO
coverage area for an outgoing UE enlarges. If the UEs
who enter the area are equal to those who leave the area,
the ratio of SHO remains unchanged. If this parameter is
set to a greater value, the ability of resisting signal
fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong
handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm
becomes slow in responding to the signal change.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 59 of 148

Actual Value Range: 0~7.5, step:0.5
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
Hystfor1B
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1B. The value of this

Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
Hystfor1C
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1C. The value of this

Unit: dB
Default Value: 8
Hystfor1C
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1C. The value of this

Unit: dB
Default Value: 8
Hystfor1D
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1D. The value of this

Impact on network performance:
Unit: dB
Default Value: 8
Hystfor1D
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1D. The value of this

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 60 of 148

Unit: dB
Default Value: 8
Hystfor1J
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1J. The value of this

Unit: dB
Default Value: 8
Hystfor1J
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1J. The value of this

Unit: dB
Default Value: 8
HystFor2B
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2B.

The value of this parameter is associated with the slow
fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability
of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of
ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover
algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal
change and thus event 2B may not be triggered in time.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2B
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2B.

change and thus event 2B may not be triggered in time.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
Hystfor2C
BSC6900ADD
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 2C.
UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV The value of this parameter is associated with the slow
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover
(Optional)
change and thus event 2C may not be triggered in time.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
Hystfor2C
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ
(Optional)

Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
Hystfor2C
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHONCOV
(Optional)

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 61 of 148
Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
HystFor2D
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2D.

fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the
probability of ping-pong reporting of event 2D and event 2F
reduces and the number of incorrect decisions on event
2D decreases; however, event 2D may not be triggered in
time.
When "InterFreqReportMode" is set to
PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the hysteresis in active set
quality measurement is used to prevent the ping-pong
reporting of event 2D (triggered when the estimated quality
of the frequency in use is lower than the threshold) and
event 2F (triggered when the estimated quality of the
frequency in use is higher than the threshold). Event 2D is
used to enable the compression mode and event 2F is
used to disable the compression mode. To prevent the
compression mode from being frequently enabled and
disabled, you can set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F" to be
greater than their recommended values according to the
statistics of the ping-pong inter-frequency handover.
To set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F", you should consider
the radio environment (with slow fading characteristics),
actual handover distance, and moving speed of the UE.
The value of this parameter ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. In
addition, filter coefficient and trigger delay must be
considered in setting this parameter.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2D
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis for event 2D.

This parameter is used to avoid the ping-pong reporting of
event 2D (the estimated quality of the currently used
frequency is below a certain threshold). The value of this
parameter is associated with slow fading. If this parameter
is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong
reporting or wrong decision is lower, but the event may not
be triggered in time. If this parameter is set to a smaller
value, ping-pong reporting of event 2D is likely to occur.
The setting of this parameter should consider the radio
conditions (slow fading), actual handover distance, and
moving speed of the UE. The value of this parameter
ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. In addition, filter coefficient and
triggering delay must be considered in setting this
parameter.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2D
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2D.

reduces and the number of incorrect decisions on event
2D decreases; however, event 2D may not be triggered in
time.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2D
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis for event 2D.

This parameter is used to avoid the ping-pong reporting of
event 2D (the estimated quality of the currently used
frequency is below a certain threshold). The value of this
is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong
reporting or wrong decision is lower, but the event may not
be triggered in time. If this parameter is set to a smaller
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 62 of 148
value, ping-pong reporting of event 2D is likely to occur.

parameter.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2F
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2F.

reduces and the number of incorrect decisions on event 2F
decrease; however, event 2F may not be triggered in time.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2F
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis for event 2F.

The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of
ping-pong reporting or wrong decision is lower, but the
event may not be triggered in time.
The inter-RAT measurement hysteresis in periodical
reporting mode is used to prevent the ping-pong reporting
of event 2D (the estimated quality of the currently used
frequency is below a certain threshold) and event 2F (the
estimated quality of the currently used frequency is above
a certain threshold). Event 2D is used to enable the
compressed mode and event 2F is used to disable the
compressed mode. "Hystfor2D" can be increased slightly
based on the recommended value, considering interfrequency handover statistics. Hystfor2D can also be
increased slightly to prevent the compressed mode from
being frequently enabled and disabled and to avoid
unnecessary active set updates.
parameter.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2F
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2F.

reduces and the number of incorrect decisions on event 2F
decrease; however, event 2F may not be triggered in time.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 63 of 148

Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2F
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis for event 2F.

ping-pong reporting or wrong decision is lower, but the
event may not be triggered in time.
The inter-RAT measurement hysteresis in periodical
reporting mode is used to prevent the ping-pong reporting
of event 2D (the estimated quality of the currently used
frequency is below a certain threshold) and event 2F (the
estimated quality of the currently used frequency is above
a certain threshold). Event 2D is used to enable the
compressed mode and event 2F is used to disable the
compressed mode. "Hystfor2D" can be increased slightly
based on the recommended value, considering interfrequency handover statistics. Hystfor2D can also be
increased slightly to prevent the compressed mode from
being frequently enabled and disabled and to avoid
unnecessary active set updates.
parameter.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystforInterRAT
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis for inter-RAT periodical reporting.

This parameter is used to avoid incorrect decisions caused
by unexpected jitters of signals during inter-RAT handover
decisions. HystforInterRAT and the inter-RAT handover
decision threshold determine whether to trigger inter-RAT
handovers.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of
resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of
change. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the cell of
another RAT where the UE needs to be handed over to
must be of good quality. Therefore, the criteria for
triggering the inter-RAT handover decision is hard to be
fulfilled, and the call drop rate will increase.
The emulation result shows that in a cell where the
average moving speed of UEs is high (for example, a cell
that covers highways), this parameter can be set to a
smaller value 1.5 dB, because in the cell the terrain is flat,
barriers are fewer, and thus the shadow fading variation is
small. In a cell where the average moving speed of UEs is
low, this parameter can be set to a larger value 3.0 dB,
because there are usually many tall buildings and thus the
shadow fading variation is comparatively high.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
HystforInterRAT
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis for inter-RAT periodical reporting.

This parameter is used to avoid incorrect decisions caused
by unexpected jitters of signals during inter-RAT handover
decisions. HystforInterRAT and the inter-RAT handover
decision threshold determine whether to trigger inter-RAT
handovers.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of
resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of
change. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the cell of
another RAT where the UE needs to be handed over to
must be of good quality. Therefore, the criteria for
triggering the inter-RAT handover decision is hard to be
fulfilled, and the call drop rate will increase.
The emulation result shows that in a cell where the
average moving speed of UEs is high (for example, a cell
that covers highways), this parameter can be set to a
smaller value 1.5 dB, because in the cell the terrain is flat,
barriers are fewer, and thus the shadow fading variation is
small. In a cell where the average moving speed of UEs is
low, this parameter can be set to a larger value 3.0 dB,
because there are usually many tall buildings and thus the
shadow fading variation is comparatively high.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 64 of 148
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
HystForPrdInterFreq
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis in the inter-frequency hard handover

triggered by the periodic measurement report.
This parameter is used to estimate the inter-frequency
handover on the RNC side. If this parameter is set to a
greater value, the ability of resisting signal fluctuation
improves and the number of ping-pong handovers
decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes
slow in responding to the signal change and thus the
handover may not be triggered in time.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 0
HystForPrdInterFreq
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ
(Optional)

Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 0
HystForPrdInterFreq
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 0
IFAntiPingpangTimerLength
BSC6900SET
UHOCOMM
(Optional)
Meaning: After the coverage based handover succeeds, to

avoid the handover of the UE to another frequency due to
the following factors: overload, speed estimation, MBMS
channel reselection, and QoS, frequent handovers occur.
The RNC will start the inter-frequency non-coverage based
anti-ping-pong timer and prohibit the handover or
measurement caused by the previous factors before the
timeout of the timer. The larger this parameter, the better
effect the anti-frequent handover. This, however, will affect
the management policy of the cell or the quality of service
felt by the users; the smaller this parameter, the more
frequent the inter-frequency handover.
Unit: s
Default Value: 30
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency

measurement for CS services.
The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
measurement (namely, threshold of enabling the
compression mode) is a key parameter in the interfrequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter
affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a
cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this
parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of
the UE and cell radius.
When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for CS
services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured
Ec/No value is lower than the value of this parameter.
Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the
compression mode and start the inter-frequency
measurement.
For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the
recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a
speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB;
for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the
recommended threshold is -12 dB.
For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various
speeds, set this parameter to -14 dB. The emulation result
shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs
moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set
to -14 dB.
Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the
compression mode respectively. To enable the
compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of
triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of
triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 65 of 148
disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference

between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

Ec/No value is lower than the value of this parameter.
measurement.
to -14 dB.
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS
RSCP value is lower than the value of this parameter.
measurement.
recommended threshold is -100 dBm; for the UE moving at
a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -97
dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the
recommended threshold is -93 dBm.
speeds, set this parameter to -95 dBm. The emulation
result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs
to -95 dBm.
2F.
When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a
subway change too fast to perform handover, set this
parameter to -90 dBm to enable the compression mode
earlier.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 66 of 148

RSCP value is lower than the value of this parameter.
measurement.
to -95 dBm.
2F.
earlier.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency

The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency
measurement (namely, threshold of disabling the
services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured
Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter.
Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the
compression mode and stop the inter-frequency
measurement.
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

measurement.
2F.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 67 of 148

Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency

RSCP value is higher than the value of this parameter.
measurement.
2F.
earlier.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

RSCP value is higher than the value of this parameter.
measurement.
2F.
earlier.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
InterFreqHThd2DEcN0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

measurement for HSPA services.
When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for
HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the
measured Ec/No value is lower than the value of this
parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate
the compression mode and start the inter-frequency
measurement.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 68 of 148

to -14 dB.
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
InterFreqHThd2DEcN0
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

measurement.
to -14 dB.
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
InterFreqHThd2DRSCP
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for
measured RSCP value is lower than the value of this
measurement.
to -95 dBm.
2F.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 69 of 148
earlier.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95
InterFreqHThd2DRSCP
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

measurement.
to -95 dBm.
2F.
earlier.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95
InterFreqHThd2FEcN0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the
measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this
parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable
the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency
measurement.
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
InterFreqHThd2FEcN0
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 70 of 148
measurement.
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
InterFreqHThd2FRSCP
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

measured RSCP value is higher than the value of this
measurement.
2F.
earlier.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
InterFreqHThd2FRSCP
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

measurement.
2F.
earlier.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
InterFreqMeasTime
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Length of the timer for the inter-frequency

measurement.
If the inter-frequency handover is not performed before this
timer expires, the inter-frequency measurement is stopped
and the compression mode is disabled (once enabled).
The value 0 indicates that this timer is not started.
This parameter is used to prevent the long duration of the
inter-frequency measurement state (compression mode)
due to unavailability of a target cell that meets the
handover requirements.
Setting this parameter to a smaller value reduces the
impact of long duration of compression mode on the
serving cell. In this case, however, the compression mode
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 71 of 148
may be disabled before the inter-frequency handover of

the UE. For the coverage-based inter-frequency handover,
call drops may occur.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
InterFreqMeasTime
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV measurement.
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV and the compression mode is disabled (once enabled).
(Optional)
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
InterFreqMeasTime
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ
(Optional)
Meaning: Timer length for inter-frequency measurement.

After inter-frequency measurement starts, if no interfrequency handover is performed when this timer expires,
the inter-frequency measurement is stopped. In addition,
the compressed mode is deactivated, if any. The value 0
indicates that the timer is not to be enabled.
This parameter is used to prevent the long inter-frequency
measurement state (compressed mode) due to unavailable
measurement of the target cells that meet the handover
requirements.
Setting the value of this parameter smaller can reduce the
long-time impact of the compressed mode on the serving
cell. In this case, however, the compressed mode might be
stopped earlier and as a result the UE cannot trigger interfrequency handover.
Unit: s
Default Value: 3
InterFreqMeasTime
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMCLDR
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMCLDR
(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter defines the timer length for interfrequency measurement.
the inter-frequency measurement and the compressed
mode (if started) are stopped.
requirements.
Unit: s
Default Value: 6
InterFreqMeasTime
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

measurement.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
InterFreqMeasTime
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHONCOV

measurement.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 72 of 148
(Optional)

Unit: s
Default Value: 60
InterFreqMeasTime
BSC6900SET
UMCLDR
(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter defines the timer length for interfrequency measurement.
the inter-frequency measurement and the compressed
mode (if started) are stopped.
requirements.
Unit: s
Default Value: 6
InterFreqNCovHOThdEcN0
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHONCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Threshold of signal quality of the target

frequency for triggering inter-frequency measurement.
This parameter is used to set measurement control on the
event 2C.
The event 2C is triggered when the signal quality of the
target frequency is above this threshold.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -16
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

measurement for PS non-HSPA services.
When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS
non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the
measurement.
to -14 dB.
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 73 of 148

non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the
measurement.
to -14 dB.
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

measurement.
to -95 dBm.
2F.
earlier.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 74 of 148

measurement.
to -95 dBm.
2F.
earlier.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the
measurement.
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

measurement.
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 75 of 148

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS
measurement.
2F.
earlier.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

measurement.
2F.
earlier.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
InterFreqRATSwitch
BSC6900ADD
UCELLHOCOMM
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLHOCOMM
(Optional)
Meaning: Cell-level switch for controlling inter-frequency

and inter-RAN handover
In actual networks where inter-frequency and inter-RAT
cells coexist, the parameter should be configured
according to actual handover policies.
When INTERFREQ is selected, only inter-frequency
neighboring cells are measured and inter-frequency
handover is performed. If INTERRAT is selected, only
GSM neighboring cells are measured and inter-RAT
handover is performed. When SIMINTERFREQRAT is
selected, both inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells are
measured, and the handover is performed according to the
type of the cell that first meets the handover decision
criteria.
The parameter decides the handover for each cell when
the inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells coexist.
GUI Value Range: INTERFREQ(inter-frequency handover
only), INTERRAT(inter-RAT handover only),
SIMINTERFREQRAT(inter-frequency and inter-RAT
handover)
Actual Value Range: INTERFREQ, INTERRAT,
SIMINTERFREQRAT
Unit: None
Default Value: SIMINTERFREQRAT
InterFreqReportMode
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Cell-oriented inter-frequency measurement

report mode
If this parameter is set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING,
measurement reports are periodically reported. If this
parameter is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, measurement
reports are reported by triggering the event.
There are two inter-frequency handover report modes in
the RNC, namely, event-triggered report and periodical
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 76 of 148
report. The report mode is selected by setting the interfrequency report mode switch that is RNC-oriented.
Event-triggered report mode
In this mode, event 2B is used to decide whether to trigger
inter-frequency handover. This prevents the ping-pong
handover (The quality of the currently used frequency is
lower than the absolute threshold "used frequency quality
threshold", and the quality of the unused frequency is
higher than another absolute threshold "target frequency
trigger threshold"). Event 2B cannot change from eventtriggered mode to periodical mode. When event-triggered
measurement report mode is selected, Ec/No and RSCP
are both used as the measurement quantity for interfrequency measurement. The advantage of event-triggered
report mode is that the signaling transmission and
processing load are saved. Comparing the signal quality
between intra-frequency and inter-frequency handovers,
the ping-pong effect in handover is prevented to some
extent. The disadvantage of event-triggered report mode
is that the event is reported only once and cannot be
changed to periodical mode. For the cell-oriented algorithm
parameters, each time when the best cell is updated, the
inter-frequency measurement parameters should be
updated accordingly.
Periodical report mode
In this mode, event 2D/2F is used to start and stop the
compressed mode, and to periodically report the interfrequency cell measurement result in compressed mode.
When the cell quality reported by the UE is higher than the
absolute threshold plus hysteresis, the triggering delay
timer is started. If the conditions are always met before the
timer expires, the inter-frequency handover is started after
the timer expires.
If the handover fails, the handover decision is performed,
according to the periodical inter-frequency measurement
report.
The advantage of the periodical measurement report mode
is that it can repeatedly perform direct retry on the same
cell when the handover fails, and that the following
algorithms can be flexibly developed. For the cell-oriented
algorithm parameters, the UE need not be informed
through signaling but the cell need be updated only when
the handover decision is performed in the RNC. The
disadvantage of the periodical measurement report mode
is that it requires large amount of signaling and increases
the load on the air interface and for signaling processing.
As for the impact on network performance, the two
measurement report modes have both advantages and
disadvantages. Currently, the traditional periodical report
mode is preferred.
GUI Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical
reporting), EVENT_TRIGGER(Event trigger)
Actual Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING,
EVENT_TRIGGER
Unit: None
Default Value: PERIODICAL_REPORTING
InterFreqReportMode
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ
(Optional)
Meaning: Inter-frequency measurement report mode.

PERIODICAL_REPORTING: periodical inter-frequency
measurement report
EVENT_TRIGGER: event-triggered inter-frequency
measurement report
the RNC, namely, event-triggered measurement report and
periodical measurement report. The report mode is
selected by setting the inter-frequency report mode switch
that is RNC-oriented.
- Event-triggered measurement report
Use event 2B to decide whether to trigger inter-frequency
handover. This prevents the ping-pong effect from
occurring before and after inter-frequency handover (The
quality of the currently used frequency is lower than the
absolute threshold "used frequency quality threshold", and
the quality of the unused frequency is higher than another
absolute threshold "target frequency trigger threshold". )
The reason is that event 2B cannot change from eventtriggered mode to periodical mode and cannot reattempt if
the non-handover attempt fails, unless this cell can trigger
event 2B again.
The advantage of event-triggered report mode is that the
signaling transmission and processing load are saved.
Comparing the signal quality between intra-frequency and
inter-frequency handovers, the ping-pong effect in
handover is prevented to some extent. The disadvantage
of event-triggered report mode is that the event is reported
only once and cannot be changed to periodical mode. If
the handover fails, the periodical report is triggered only by
the internal timer. For the cell-oriented algorithm
- Periodical report mode
Use event 2D/2F to start and stop the compressed mode,
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 77 of 148
and to report the inter-frequency cell measurement result

during the compressed mode period. When the cell quality
reported by the UE is higher than the absolute threshold
plus hysteresis, start the trigger delay timer. If the
conditions are always met before the timer expires, start
the inter-frequency handover after the timer expires.
If the handover fails, perform the handover decision
according to the inter-frequency measurement period
report.
The advantage of the periodical report mode is that it can
repeatedly perform direct retry on the same cell when the
handover fails, and that the following algorithms can be
flexibly developed. In addition, for the cell-oriented
disadvantage of the periodical report mode is that it
requires large amount of signaling and increases the load
on the air interface and for signaling processing.
As for the impact on network performance, the two report
modes have both advantages and disadvantages.
Currently, the traditional periodical report mode is used.
EVENT_TRIGGER
Unit: None
Default Value: EVENT_TRIGGER
InterFreqReportMode
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Cell-oriented inter-frequency measurement

report mode
If this parameter is set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING,
measurement reports are periodically reported. If this
parameter is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, measurement
reports are reported by triggering the event.
the RNC, namely, event-triggered report and periodical
report. The report mode is selected by setting the interfrequency report mode switch that is RNC-oriented.
Event-triggered report mode
In this mode, event 2B is used to decide whether to trigger
inter-frequency handover. This prevents the ping-pong
handover (The quality of the currently used frequency is
lower than the absolute threshold "used frequency quality
threshold", and the quality of the unused frequency is
higher than another absolute threshold "target frequency
trigger threshold"). Event 2B cannot change from eventtriggered mode to periodical mode. When event-triggered
measurement report mode is selected, Ec/No and RSCP
are both used as the measurement quantity for interfrequency measurement. The advantage of event-triggered
report mode is that the signaling transmission and
processing load are saved. Comparing the signal quality
between intra-frequency and inter-frequency handovers,
the ping-pong effect in handover is prevented to some
extent. The disadvantage of event-triggered report mode
is that the event is reported only once and cannot be
changed to periodical mode. For the cell-oriented algorithm
Periodical report mode
In this mode, event 2D/2F is used to start and stop the
compressed mode, and to periodically report the interfrequency cell measurement result in compressed mode.
When the cell quality reported by the UE is higher than the
absolute threshold plus hysteresis, the triggering delay
timer is started. If the conditions are always met before the
timer expires, the inter-frequency handover is started after
the timer expires.
If the handover fails, the handover decision is performed,
according to the periodical inter-frequency measurement
report.
The advantage of the periodical measurement report mode
is that it can repeatedly perform direct retry on the same
cell when the handover fails, and that the following
algorithms can be flexibly developed. For the cell-oriented
disadvantage of the periodical measurement report mode
is that it requires large amount of signaling and increases
the load on the air interface and for signaling processing.
As for the impact on network performance, the two
measurement report modes have both advantages and
disadvantages. Currently, the traditional periodical report
mode is preferred.
EVENT_TRIGGER
Unit: None
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 78 of 148

InterRATCSThd2DEcN0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement

for CS services when measurement quantity is Ec/No.
The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement
(the threshold of enabling the compressed mode) is a key
parameter in the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of
this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in
compressed mode in a cell and the success rate of the
hard handover. The setting of this parameter should
consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell
radius.
Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC
sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and
start inter-RAT measurement.
recommended threshold is -12 dB. In actual networks, set
this parameter to -14 dB because the UEs in a cell usually
move at different speeds. The emulation result shows that
the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a
speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB.
If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist
in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic,
the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be
set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F
using CPICH RSCP are set higher.
If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be
modified according to the link budgeting result.
compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in
the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency
measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then
the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and
2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the
threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the
threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent
enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase
the difference between the thresholds of triggering event
2D and event 2F.
compressed mode respectively in inter-RAT measurement.
The requirements on the signal quality and inter-RAT
handover policies vary with the service type. Therefore, the
thresholds of enabling and disabling inter-RAT
measurement are distinguished by CS, PS, and signaling.
To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
InterRATCSThd2DEcN0
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

radius.
Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC
start inter-RAT measurement.
recommended threshold is -12 dB. In actual networks, set
this parameter to -14 dB because the UEs in a cell usually
move at different speeds. The emulation result shows that
the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a
speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 79 of 148

2D and event 2F.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
InterRATCSThd2DRSCP
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

for CS services when measurement quantity is RSCP.
RSCP value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC
start the inter-RAT measurement.
2D and event 2F.
In most cases, users want to be maintained within a 3G
network. Therefore, the start threshold of the inter-RAT
measurement is set smaller than that of the inter-frequency
measurement in order to trigger inter-frequency easily. In
scenarios where inter-frequency neighboring cells are
unavailable or where inter-frequency coverage is
insufficient, the inter-RAT measurement start threshold
should be set relatively larger in order to trigger inter-RAT
measurement easily, thus reducing call drops.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -100
InterRATCSThd2DRSCP
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

RSCP value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC
start the inter-RAT measurement.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -100
InterRATCSThd2FEcN0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement

The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the
threshold of disabling the compressed mode) is a key
radius.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 80 of 148

compressed mode and stop the inter-frequency
measurement.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
InterRATCSThd2FEcN0
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

radius.
compressed mode and stop the inter-frequency
measurement.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
InterRATCSThd2FRSCP
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

RSCP value is larger than this threshold. Then, the RNC
sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode and
stop the inter-RAT measurement.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -97
InterRATCSThd2FRSCP
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

RSCP value is larger than this threshold. Then, the RNC
sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode and
stop the inter-RAT measurement.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -97
InterRATHOAttempts
BSC6900ADD
Meaning: Maximum number of inter-RAT handover
UCELLINTERRATHONCOV attempts after the non-coverage-based handover failures.
(Optional)
For each handover attempt, a new target cell where the
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 81 of 148
MOD
UE has not been handed over to and fulfills the criterion
UCELLINTERRATHONCOV can be selected.
(Optional)
Unit: None
Default Value: 16
InterRATHOAttempts
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Maximum number of inter-RAT handover

attempts after the non-coverage-based handover failures.
For each handover attempt, a new target cell where the
UE has not been handed over to and fulfills the criterion
can be selected.
Unit: None
Default Value: 16
InterRATHThd2DEcN0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

for HSPA services when measurement quantity is Ec/No.
radius.
measured Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then,
the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed
mode and start inter-RAT measurement.
In actual networks, set this parameter to -14 dB because
the UEs in a cell usually move at different speeds. The
emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low
for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this
parameter is set to -14 dB.
2D and event 2F.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -15
InterRATHThd2DEcN0
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

radius.
measured Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then,
mode and start inter-RAT measurement.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 82 of 148

2D and event 2F.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -15
InterRATHThd2DRSCP
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

for HSPA services when measurement quantity is RSCP.
measured RSCP value is lower than this threshold. Then,
mode and start the inter-RAT measurement.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -110
InterRATHThd2DRSCP
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

measured RSCP value is lower than this threshold. Then,
mode and start the inter-RAT measurement.
2D and event 2F.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 83 of 148

Unit: dBm
Default Value: -110
InterRATHThd2FEcN0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

radius.
measurement.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
InterRATHThd2FEcN0
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

radius.
measurement.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
InterRATHThd2FRSCP
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

measured RSCP value is larger than this threshold. Then,
the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compressed
mode and stop the inter-RAT measurement.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 84 of 148
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
InterRATHThd2FRSCP
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

measured RSCP value is larger than this threshold. Then,
mode and stop the inter-RAT measurement.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
InterRATMeasTime
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Length of the timer for inter-RAT measurement.

After inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-RAT
handover is performed when this timer expires, the interRAT measurement is stopped. In addition, the compressed
mode (if activated) should be deactivated. The value 0
indicates that the inter-RAT measurement timer is not
started.
The following factors should be considered during setting:
This parameter is designed to prevent that the UE being in
compressed mode for a long time when the handover
criteria are not fulfilled, because the UE does not move or
is moving in a low speed. If the compressed mode is
maintained for a long time, the service quality is adversely
affected and the total available capacity of the system
decreases.
Most inter-RAT handovers can be finished within 60s.
If the parameter is set to a smaller value, the UE cannot
finish inter-RAT handover. If the parameter is set to a
larger value, the compressed mode will not be disabled,
thus affecting UE measurement. In actual networks,
statistics can be made to obtain the delay for a successful
inter-RAT handover, thus to get a proper value of
"InterRATMeasTime" that satisfies most UEs.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
InterRATMeasTime
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)

started.
decreases.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
InterRATMeasTime
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERRAT
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMBDRINTERRAT
(Optional)
Meaning: Timer length for inter-RAT measurement.

handover is performed when this timer times out, the interRAT measurement is stopped. In addition, the compressed
mode is deactivated, if any; If the value is 0, you can infer
that the inter-RAT measurement timer is not started.
To set this parameter, you need to consider the following
factors:
This parameter aims to prevent that the handover
conditions are not met and the compressed mode is kept
for a long time when the UE does not move or is moving in
a low speed. The service quality is adversely affected and
the total available capacity decreases if the compressed
mode is kept for a long time.
Most inter-RAT handovers can be finished within 60 s.
As for the impact on network performance,
If the InterRATMeasTime is excessively low, the UE
cannot finish inter-RAT handovers. If InterRATMeasTime
is excessively high, it cannot help improve the service
quality. In actual networks, statistics can be made to obtain
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 85 of 148
the delay for a successful inter-RAT handover so as to get

a proper value of InterRATMeasTime that satisfies most
UEs.
Unit: s
Default Value: 3
InterRATMeasTime
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

started.
decreases.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
InterRATMeasTime
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)

started.
decreases.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
InterRATNCovHOPSThd
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Quality requirement for the cell of another RAT

during inter-RAT handover for CS domain services.
This parameter is used for measurement control on event
3C. When the target frequency quality is higher than this
threshold, event 3C is triggered. The value 0 means a
value smaller than -110 dBm.
If the value of "Inter-RAT Report Mode" is set to
"PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for
the assessment of inter-RAT coverage handover. That is,
Tother_RAT in the following formulas. This parameter is
the absolute threshold of the cell of another RAT
(Received Signal Strength Indicator: RSSI) for the interRAT handover decision.
If the quality of the cell of another RAT in the inter-RAT
measurement report fulfills the following criterion:
Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2
Then, the system starts the trigger timer, and makes the
handover decision after the timer expires. If the quality of
the cell of another RAT fulfills the following criterion before
timeout:
Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2
The RNC stops the timer and waits for another inter-RAT
measurement report.
Here,
Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI.
Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold.
Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 86 of 148
another inter-RAT.
H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can
reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters.
The sensitivity of a GSM mobile phone is -102 dBm.
Considering a margin of 3 dB for compensation of fast
fading, 5 dB for compensation of slow fading, 2 dB for
compensation of interference noise, and 2 dB for
compensation of ambient noise, the outdoor reception
level should not be lower than -90 dBm.
The parameter value can vary with the handover policy.
To have UEs handed over only to GSM cells of high
quality, the inter-RAT handover decision threshold can be
set to a comparatively large value, for example -85 dBm.
Actual Value Range: lower than -110, -110~-48(Actual
value meets the condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 111)
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 21
InterRATNCovHOPSThd
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)

This parameter is used for measurement control on event
3C. When the target frequency quality is higher than this
threshold, event 3C is triggered. The value 0 means a
value smaller than -110 dBm.
If the value of "Inter-RAT Report Mode" is set to
measurement report fulfills the following criterion:
timeout:
measurement report.
Here,
another inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 21
InterRATPeriodReportInterval
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval that the UE reports inter-RAT

measurement results to the RNC.
This parameter specifies the interval that the UE sends
inter-RAT measurement results to the RNC in periodical
reporting mode. It is not recommended that this parameter
is set to NON_PERIODIC_REPORT since the UE behavior
may be unknown.
The GSM RSSI measurement period is 480 ms. Therefore,
the inter-RAT periodical reporting interval should be longer
than 480 ms. If the periodical reporting interval is
excessively high, the handover decision time will be long,
and handovers will be slow.
The adjustment should be made according to the
configured GSM RSSI measurement compressed mode
sequence. According to the current configured GSM RSSI
measurement compressed mode sequence, the RSSI
measurement of eight GSM cells can be finished in 480
ms. Therefore, the RSSI measurement of 16 GSM cells
can be finished in 1000 ms. According to 3GPP
specifications, the number of inter-RAT neighboring cells
should not exceed 32. Therefore, the parameter value can
be set to 2000 ms if the number of neighboring GSM cells
exceeds 16.
The setting of this parameter has impact on the Uu
signaling traffic. If the period is too short and the reporting
frequency is too high, the RNC may have high load in
processing signaling. If the period is too long, the network
cannot detect the signal changes in time, which may delay
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 87 of 148
the inter-RAT handover and thus cause call drops.

GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non
periodical reporting), D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4
D3000~5 D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9
D16000~10 D20000~11 D24000~12 D28000~13
D32000~14 D64000
Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250,
500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000,
20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D1000
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERRAT
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMBDRINTERRAT
(Optional)

may be unknown.
exceeds 16.
D3000~5 D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9
D16000~10 D20000~11 D24000~12 D28000~13
D32000~14 D64000
500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000,
20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

may be unknown.
exceeds 16.
D3000~5 D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9
D16000~10 D20000~11 D24000~12 D28000~13
D32000~14 D64000
500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000,
20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms
InterRATPingPongHyst
BSC6900ADD
Meaning: Hysteresis to avoid ping-pong handover between
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 88 of 148
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
2G and 3G networks.
When a UE in the CS domain is handed over from a 2G
network to a 3G network, the system increases the
hysteresis used for event 3A to prevent the ping-pong
handover between the 2G network and the 3G network in
the period specified by "InterRATPingPongTimer". During
the penalty time, the previous periodical report will be
changed to the event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that
the system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong
handover between 2G and 3G networks.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 0
InterRATPingPongHyst
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis to avoid ping-pong handover between

2G and 3G networks.
the period specified by "InterRATPingPongTimer". During
the penalty time, the previous periodical report will be
changed to the event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that
the system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong
handover between 2G and 3G networks.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 0
InterRATPingPongTimer
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Length of the timer to avoid ping-pong

handovers between 2G and 3G networks.
the period specified by this parameter. During the penalty
time, the previous periodical report will be changed to the
event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that the system
does not take measures to avoid ping-pong handover
Unit: s
Default Value: 0
InterRATPingPongTimer
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Length of the timer to avoid ping-pong

handovers between 2G and 3G networks.
the period specified by this parameter. During the penalty
time, the previous periodical report will be changed to the
event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that the system
does not take measures to avoid ping-pong handover
Unit: s
Default Value: 0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

for PS domain non-HSPA services when the measurement
quantity is Ec/No.
radius.
domain non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D
when the measured Ec/No value is lower than this
threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable
the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 89 of 148

2D and event 2F.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -15
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity is Ec/No.
radius.
when the measured Ec/No value is lower than this
the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement.
2D and event 2F.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -15
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 90 of 148
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity is RSCP.
when the measured RSCP value is lower than this
the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT
measurement.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -110
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity is RSCP.
when the measured RSCP value is lower than this
the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT
measurement.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -110
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity is Ec/No.
radius.
domain HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the
measured Ec/No value is higher than this threshold. Then,
mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement.
2D and event 2F.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 91 of 148

Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity is Ec/No.
radius.
domain HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the
measured Ec/No value is higher than this threshold. Then,
mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity is RSCP.
domain non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when
the measured RSCP value is larger than this threshold.
compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT measurement.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity is RSCP.
domain non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when
the measured RSCP value is larger than this threshold.
compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT measurement.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
InterRatReportMode
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Inter-RAT measurement reporting mode.

When PERIODICAL_REPORTING is selected, the
periodical reporting is used for inter-RAT measurement.
When EVENT_TRIGGER is selected, the event-triggered
reporting is used for inter-RAT measurement.
The RNC provides two inter-RAT measurement reporting
modes, event-triggered reporting and periodical reporting.
Event-triggered reporting
To avoid the ping-pong effect before and after the interRAT handover, use event 3A (quality of the currently used
frequency is lower than the absolute threshold and the
signal level of the GSM cell is higher than another absolute
threshold) as the triggering event that determines the interRAT handover. To improve the handover success rate, the
BSIC of the GSM cell whose event 3A needs to be
triggered must be decoded correctly by the UE. The
reporting mode of event 3A is not changed from eventtriggered reporting to periodical reporting. Therefore, no
handover re-attempt is made when the handover fails
unless event 3A is triggered in this cell again.
The advantage of event-triggered reporting is that the
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 92 of 148

handover is prevented to some extent. The drawback of
event-triggered reporting is that the event is reported only
once and cannot be changed to periodical reporting. For
the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, each time when the
best cell is updated, the inter-frequency measurement
parameters should be updated accordingly.
Periodical reporting
When the quality of the GSM cell reported by the UE
meets the criteria for inter-RAT handover, the delay trigger
timer is started. If the quality of the GSM cell always meets
the criteria for inter-RAT handover before timeout, the
inter-RAT handover is triggered after the delay trigger
timer expires.
For the GSM cell whose BSIC can be decoded correctly, a
shorter delay trigger time should be set to indicate the high
priority attribute of the GSM cell. For the GSM cell whose
BSIC is not verified, a longer delay trigger time should be
set to indicate the low priority attribute of the GSM cell. In
this manner, the BSIC can be decoded faster.
If the handover fails, the handover re-attempt is made
again according to the periodical inter-RAT measurement
report.
The advantage of periodical reporting is that it can be used
for repeated handover re-attempts on the same cell when
the handover fails, and that subsequent algorithms can be
algorithm parameters, the RNC updates the parameters
when making internal handover decision and the system
needs not to inform the UEs of the parameter change
through signaling messages after the handovers. The
drawback of periodical reporting is that it requires large
amount of signaling and increases the load on the air
interface and for signaling processing.
The two reporting modes have both advantage and
drawback. Currently, the traditional periodical reporting
mode is preferred.
EVENT_TRIGGER
Unit: None
InterRatReportMode
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERRAT
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMBDRINTERRAT
(Optional)
Meaning: Inter-RAT measurement report mode.

When PERIODICAL_REPORTING is selected, you can
infer that periodical inter-RAT measurement report is
adopted; when EVENT_TRIGGER is selected, you can
infer that event-triggered inter-RAT measurement report is
adopted.
The RNC includes two modes of the inter-RAT
measurement report. The event triggered report and the
periodical report are selected according to the inter-RAT
measurement report mode switch.
-Event-triggered measurement report
To avoid the ping-pong effect before and after the interRAT handover, event 3A where the currently used
frequency quality is lower than the absolute threshold and
the signal level of the GSM cell is higher than another
absolute threshold is the triggering event that determines
the inter-RAT handover. To improve the handover success
rate, the BSIC of the GSM cell where the event 3A is
reason is that event 3A cannot change from eventtriggered mode to periodical mode and cannot reattempt if
the handover attempt fails, unless this cell can trigger
event 3A again.
The advantage of event-triggered report mode is that
signaling transmission is reduced and the load is shared.
By comparing the signal quality between the current
frequency and inter-RAT frequency, the ping-pong effect in
the handover is prevented to some extent. The
disadvantage of event-triggered report mode is that the
event is reported only once and cannot be changed to
periodical mode. If the handover fails, the periodical report
is triggered only by the internal timer. For the cell-oriented
algorithm parameters, each time the best cell is updated,
the inter-frequency measurement parameters should be
-Periodical report mode
When the quality of the GSM cell reported by the UE is
higher than the inter-RAT event 2D absolute threshold +
hysteresis, it starts the delay trigger timer. If the quality of
the GSM cell satisfies the requirement throughout the
duration of the timer, the system starts the inter-RAT
handover after the time-out.
The GSM cells of which the BSIC can be decoded use
comparatively shorter delay trigger time to achieve a
higher priority. The GSM cells of which the BSIC is not
verified use comparatively longer delay trigger time to
achieve a lower priority and decode the BSIC.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 93 of 148
If the handover fails, reattempt according to the inter-RAT

measurement period report.
The advantage of the periodical report mode is that it can
repeatedly perform the handover retry on the same cell
when the handover fails, and that the following algorithms
can be flexibly developed. In addition, for the cell-oriented
when performing internal handover decision and the
system needs not to inform the UEs of the parameter
change through signaling messages after the handovers.
The disadvantage of the periodical mode is that it requires
large amount of signaling and increases the load on the air
Both modes (the periodical mode and the event report
mode) have advantages and disadvantages. Currently, the
traditional periodical report mode is most commonly used.
EVENT_TRIGGER
Unit: None
Default Value: EVENT_TRIGGER
InterRatReportMode
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Inter-RAT measurement reporting mode.

When PERIODICAL_REPORTING is selected, the
periodical reporting is used for inter-RAT measurement.
When EVENT_TRIGGER is selected, the event-triggered
reporting is used for inter-RAT measurement.
The RNC provides two inter-RAT measurement reporting
modes, event-triggered reporting and periodical reporting.
Event-triggered reporting
To avoid the ping-pong effect before and after the interRAT handover, use event 3A (quality of the currently used
frequency is lower than the absolute threshold and the
signal level of the GSM cell is higher than another absolute
threshold) as the triggering event that determines the interRAT handover. To improve the handover success rate, the
BSIC of the GSM cell whose event 3A needs to be
reporting mode of event 3A is not changed from eventtriggered reporting to periodical reporting. Therefore, no
handover re-attempt is made when the handover fails
unless event 3A is triggered in this cell again.
The advantage of event-triggered reporting is that the
handover is prevented to some extent. The drawback of
event-triggered reporting is that the event is reported only
once and cannot be changed to periodical reporting. For
the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, each time when the
best cell is updated, the inter-frequency measurement
parameters should be updated accordingly.
Periodical reporting
When the quality of the GSM cell reported by the UE
meets the criteria for inter-RAT handover, the delay trigger
timer is started. If the quality of the GSM cell always meets
the criteria for inter-RAT handover before timeout, the
inter-RAT handover is triggered after the delay trigger
timer expires.
For the GSM cell whose BSIC can be decoded correctly, a
shorter delay trigger time should be set to indicate the high
priority attribute of the GSM cell. For the GSM cell whose
BSIC is not verified, a longer delay trigger time should be
set to indicate the low priority attribute of the GSM cell. In
this manner, the BSIC can be decoded faster.
If the handover fails, the handover re-attempt is made
again according to the periodical inter-RAT measurement
report.
The advantage of periodical reporting is that it can be used
for repeated handover re-attempts on the same cell when
the handover fails, and that subsequent algorithms can be
when making internal handover decision and the system
needs not to inform the UEs of the parameter change
through signaling messages after the handovers. The
drawback of periodical reporting is that it requires large
amount of signaling and increases the load on the air
The two reporting modes have both advantage and
drawback. Currently, the traditional periodical reporting
mode is preferred.
EVENT_TRIGGER
Unit: None
IntraAblThdFor1FecNo
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Ec/No absolute threshold for event 1F in the

SHO algorithm. This parameter must be set to the value
that guarantees the quality of basic services. In addition,
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 94 of 148
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
the value of this parameter affects event 1F triggering.

Event 1F refers to the event reported when an urgent blind
handover is triggered. If event 1F is reported in a cell
belonging to the active set, the signal quality of the active
set is poor. Under this situation, blind handover is triggered
to prevent call drops. The urgent blind handover is
triggered in a special occasion that requires on-site
measurements on the pilot strength and signal quality in
the best cell of the cell where the UE is located. Generally,
this function need not be enabled, so the parameter is set
to the lowest value by default, indicating that the blind
handover is not triggered. If this parameter is set to a
greater value, the probability of triggering event 1F
increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the
probability of triggering event 1F reduces. For details on
the definition of event 1F, see 3GPP TS 25.331.If this
parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of
triggering blind handover increases. If this parameter is set
to a smaller value, the probability of triggering blind
handover reduces. In actual scenarios, this parameter
should be set according to the handover strategy and
network coverage.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -24
IntraAblThdFor1FecNo
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Ec/No absolute threshold for event 1F in the

belonging to the active set, the signal quality of the active
network coverage.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -24
IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: RSCP absolute threshold for event 1F in the

belonging to the ac tive set, the signal quality of the active
network coverage.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -115
IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: RSCP absolute threshold for event 1F in the

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 95 of 148
belonging to the ac tive set, the signal quality of the active

network coverage.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -115
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1A decision when

non-VP service is performed in CS domain. If this
triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter is set to a
smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A
reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see
3GPP TS 25.331.The relative threshold can directly affect
the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely
chosen to achieve smooth SHOs.
The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and
SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE
involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to
ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results,
when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the
UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the
active set is at least 2) is about 35%. you are advised to
set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB)
during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when
the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB
to avoid the ping-pong handover.
You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and
event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the
soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative
thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and
you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering
delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some
specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be
curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and
event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative
threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A.
Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to
a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active
set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover
status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If
this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of
adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation,
the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and
smooth handover may be affected.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter is set to a
smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A
reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see
3GPP TS 25.331.The relative threshold can directly affect
chosen to achieve smooth SHOs.
The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and
SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE
involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to
ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results,
when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the
UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the
active set is at least 2) is about 35%. you are advised to
set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB)
during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when
the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB
to avoid the ping-pong handover.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 96 of 148

Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

VP service is performed. If this parameter is set to a
greater value, the probability of triggering event 1A
probability of triggering event 1A reduces. For details on
the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331.The
relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio.
Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to
achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter
determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA
system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover
should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover.
Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is
set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover
(the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about
35%. you are advised to set the relative threshold to a
great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to
reduce the threshold when the users increase. the
threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong
handover.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331.The
35%. you are advised to set the relative threshold to a
handover.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 97 of 148

Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
IntraRelThdFor1APS
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

PS service is performed. If this parameter is set to a
the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The
35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a
handover.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
IntraRelThdFor1APS
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The
handover.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 98 of 148

Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1B decision when

parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of
triggering event 1B increases. If this parameter is set to a
greater value, the probability of triggering event 1B
reduces. For details on the definition of event 1B, see
3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect
chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this
parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the
CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft
handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth
handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative
threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft
handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2)
is about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold
to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and
to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the
handover.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 12
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of
triggering event 1B increases. If this parameter is set to a
greater value, the probability of triggering event 1B
reduces. For details on the definition of event 1B, see
3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect
chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this
parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the
CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft
handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth
handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative
threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft
handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2)
is about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold
to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and
to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the
handover.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 12
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD

smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1B
increases. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 99 of 148
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
probability of triggering event 1B reduces. For details on

the definition of event 1B, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The
handover.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 12
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

handover.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 12
IntraRelThdFor1BPS
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 100 of 148

handover.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 12
IntraRelThdFor1BPS
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

handover.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 12
LimitCMDlSFThd
BSC6900SET UCMCF
(Mandatory)
Meaning: Downlink SF threshold for enabling compressed

mode (CM).
When the parameter "DlSFLimitCMInd" is set to TRUE and
the current downlink SF is smaller than or equal to the
value of this parameter, the active set quality
measurement is not allowed, that is, the CM cannot be
enabled. When the parameter "DlSFLimitCMInd" is set to
TRUE and the current downlink SF is greater than the
value of this parameter, the active set quality
measurement is allowed, that is, the CM can be enabled.
Unit: None
Default Value: D8
MaxCellInActiveSet
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Maximum number of cells in an active set. This

parameter is used to achieve the balance between the
signal quality in the SHO area and the system
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 101 of 148
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
performance. If more cells are in the active set, a user can

obtain a greater macro diversity gain; the intra-frequency
interference is smaller. In this case, however, the user
occupies resources of several cells. This increases the
amount of data to be processed and lowers the system
performance. To reduce intra-frequency interference, it is
recommended that the number of cells in the active sets
should be increased in the hot-spot and micro cells, where
the signals are complicated. For the cell that provides high
speed services, the decrease in cells in the active set can
reduce the consumption of system resources.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
MaxCellInActiveSet
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Maximum number of cells in an active set. This

parameter is used to achieve the balance between the
signal quality in the SHO area and the system
performance. If more cells are in the active set, a user can
obtain a greater macro diversity gain; the intra-frequency
interference is smaller. In this case, however, the user
occupies resources of several cells. This increases the
amount of data to be processed and lowers the system
performance. To reduce intra-frequency interference, it is
recommended that the number of cells in the active sets
should be increased in the hot-spot and micro cells, where
the signals are complicated. For the cell that provides high
speed services, the decrease in cells in the active set can
reduce the consumption of system resources.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
MaxEdchCellInActiveSet
BSC6900SET
UHOCOMM
(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter determines the maximum

number of links in the EDCH active set. When the RNC
acts as the SRNC, the number of links in the EDCH active
set for all the UEs under the RNC cannot exceed the
parameter value. If the parameter value is too large, a lot
of resources on the RAN side will be occupied as the same
data is transferred over multiple EDCH links in macro
diversity, thus affecting the system performance. If this
parameter value is too small, insufficient combination gain
can be achieved in macro diversity by the EDCH, which
causes excessive retransmissions and affects the UE
speed.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
MeasQuantityOf3A
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Measurement quantity used in coverage-based

inter-RAT measurement in event 3A-triggered reporting
mode.
Ec/No: signal-to-noise ratio
RSCP: indicates the received signal code power
When CPICH_Ec/No is selected, it indicates that the
Ec/No measurement quantity is used for event 3A
measurement. The physical unit is dB. When
CPICH_RSCP is selected, it indicates that the RSCP
measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement.
The physical unit is dBm.
When AUTO is selected, it indicates that the Ec/No
measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement
if the RNC receives Ec/No 2D firstly. If the RNC receives
the RSCP 2D firstly, the RSCP measurement quantity is
used for event 3A measurement.
GUI Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP, AUTO
Actual Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP,
AUTO
Unit: None
Default Value: AUTO
MeasQuantityOf3A
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Measurement quantity used in coverage-based

inter-RAT measurement in event 3A-triggered reporting
mode.
RSCP: indicates the received signal code power
When CPICH_Ec/No is selected, it indicates that the
Ec/No measurement quantity is used for event 3A
measurement. The physical unit is dB. When
CPICH_RSCP is selected, it indicates that the RSCP
measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement.
The physical unit is dBm.
When AUTO is selected, it indicates that the Ec/No
measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement
if the RNC receives Ec/No 2D firstly. If the RNC receives
the RSCP 2D firstly, the RSCP measurement quantity is
used for event 3A measurement.
GUI Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP, AUTO
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 102 of 148
Actual Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP,

AUTO
Unit: None
Default Value: AUTO
NBMMachsResetAlgoSelSwitch
BSC6900ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
(Optional)
Meaning: The algorithms with the above values represent

are as follow:
ALGORITHM_REQUIRED: Always reset the mac-hs no
matter the cells in question are in the same NodeB or not.
ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG: Reset the mac-hs only
when the cells in question are in the different local cell
group.
GUI Value Range: ALGORITHM_REQUIRED,
ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG
Actual Value Range: ALGORITHM_REQUIRED,
ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG
Unit: None
Default Value: ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG
NFastSpdEst
BSC6900ADD
UCELLHCSHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLHCSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Threshold for determining whether the UE is in

high-mobility state.
After the UE reports event 1D, the UE is considered in
high-mobility state if the number of changes of the best cell
during "TFastSpdEst" is greater than this threshold. The
smaller the value is, the more possible the UE is
determined in high-mobility state.
Unit: None
Default Value: 15
NFastSpdEst
BSC6900SET
UHCSHO
(Optional)

After the UE reports event 1D, the UE is considered in
high-mobility state if the number of changes of the best cell
during "TFastSpdEst" is greater than this threshold. The
smaller the value is, the more possible the UE is
determined in high-mobility state.
Unit: None
Default Value: 15
Nprio
BSC6900ADD
U2GNCELL
(Mandatory)
MOD
U2GNCELL
(Mandatory)
Meaning: Priority of neighboring cells.

A smaller value of this parameter indicates a higher priority
assigned to the neighboring cell. The neighboring cell with
a higher priority is more possibly delivered as the
measurement object. For example, the neighboring cell
with priority 1 is more possible to be selected as the
measurement object than the neighboring cell with priority
2.
This parameter is valid when "NPrioFlag" is set to TRUE.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
Nprio
BSC6900ADD
UINTERFREQNCELL
(Mandatory)
MOD
UINTERFREQNCELL
(Mandatory)
Meaning: The priority that corresponds to the neighboring

cell is valid only when the parameter is set to TRUE. The
neighboring cell with a lower priority is more possibly
delivered as the measurement object. For example, the
neighboring cell with priority 1 is more possible to be
selected as the measurement object than the neighboring
cell with priority 2.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
Nprio
BSC6900ADD
UINTRAFREQNCELL
(Mandatory)
MOD
UINTRAFREQNCELL
(Mandatory)
Meaning: Priority of neighboring cells. The priority

assigned to a neighboring cell is valid only when this
parameter is set to "TRUE". The neighboring cell with a
lower priority is more possibly delivered as the
measurement object. For example, the neighboring cell
with priority 1 is more possible to be selected as the
measurement object than the neighboring cell with priority
2.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
NprioFlag
BSC6900ADD
U2GNCELL
(Optional)
MOD
U2GNCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: Priority flag of neighboring cells

The value TRUE indicates that the neighboring cell priority
is valid, and the value FALSE indicates that the
neighboring cell priority is invalid. In the algorithm of
neighboring cell combination, the cell with an invalid
priority is the last one to be considered as the
measurement object.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 103 of 148
Unit: None
NprioFlag
BSC6900ADD
UINTERFREQNCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UINTERFREQNCELL
(Optional)

measurement object.
Unit: None
NprioFlag
BSC6900ADD
UINTRAFREQNCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UINTRAFREQNCELL
(Optional)

measurement object.
Unit: None
NSlowSpdEst
BSC6900ADD
UCELLHCSHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLHCSHO
(Optional)

low-mobility state.
After the UE reports event 1D, the UE is considered in lowmobility state if the number of changes of the best cell is
smaller than this threshold within the period of
"TSlowSpdEst". The greater the value is, the more
possible the UE is determined in low-mobility state.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
NSlowSpdEst
BSC6900SET
UHCSHO
(Optional)

low-mobility state.
After the UE reports event 1D, the UE is considered in lowmobility state if the number of changes of the best cell is
smaller than this threshold within the period of
"TSlowSpdEst". The greater the value is, the more
possible the UE is determined in low-mobility state.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
PeriodFor2B
PeriodFor2B
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Sets the interval between the failure in the interfrequency handover triggered by the event 2B and the
inter-frequency handover retry.
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Sets the interval between the failure in the interfrequency handover triggered by the event 2B and the
inter-frequency handover retry.

Actual Value Range: 500~32000, step:500
Unit: ms
Default Value: 1

Unit: ms
Default Value: 1
PeriodFor2C
BSC6900ADD
Meaning: Interval between the handover re-attempts for
UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV event 2C.
(Optional)
If the inter-frequency handover for event 2C fails, the RNC
MOD
reties the inter-frequency handover. This parameter
UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV specifies the interval between the handover re-attempts for
(Optional)
event 2C. If this parameter is set to a smaller value,
handover re-attempts increase when the inter-frequency
handover fails. In this case, the UE can be quickly handed
over to the target cell whose load is reduced. The RNC
load, however, increases.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 4
PeriodFor2C
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHONCOV
(Optional)

event 2C.
If the inter-frequency handover for event 2C fails, the RNC
reties the inter-frequency handover. This parameter
specifies the interval between the handover re-attempts for
event 2C. If this parameter is set to a smaller value,
handover re-attempts increase when the inter-frequency
over to the target cell whose load is reduced. The RNC
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 104 of 148
load, however, increases.

Unit: ms
Default Value: 4
PeriodFor3A
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval between handover attempts for event

3A.
This parameter specifies the interval between handover
attempts for event 3A. If this parameter is set to a smaller
value, handover attempts increase when the inter-RAT
over to the target cell whose load is reduced, thus lowering
the probability of call drops. More handover re-attempts,
however, cause the increase in the RNC load.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 1
PeriodFor3A
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval between handover attempts for event

3A.
This parameter specifies the interval between handover
attempts for event 3A. If this parameter is set to a smaller
value, handover attempts increase when the inter-RAT
over to the target cell whose load is reduced, thus lowering
the probability of call drops. More handover re-attempts,
however, cause the increase in the RNC load.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 1
PeriodFor3C
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)

event 3C.
This parameter specifies the interval between the
handover re-attempts for event 3C. If this parameter is set
to a smaller value, handover re-attempts increase when
the inter-RAT handover fails. In this case, the UE can be
quickly handed over to the target cell whose load is
reduced, thus lowering the probability of call drops. More
handover re-attempts, however, cause the increase in the
RNC load.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 4
PeriodFor3C
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)

event 3C.
This parameter specifies the interval between the
handover re-attempts for event 3C. If this parameter is set
to a smaller value, handover re-attempts increase when
the inter-RAT handover fails. In this case, the UE can be
quickly handed over to the target cell whose load is
reduced, thus lowering the probability of call drops. More
handover re-attempts, however, cause the increase in the
RNC load.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 4
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Maximum number of reporting event 1J after the

reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. When
the number of reporting event 1J exceeds this parameter,
the periodical reporting is disabled.
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Maximum number of reporting event 1J after the

reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. When
the number of reporting event 1J exceeds this parameter,
the periodical reporting is disabled.
GUI Value Range: D1~0 D2~1 D4~2 D8~3 D16~4 D32~5

D64~6 INFINITY
Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, INFINITY
Unit: None
Default Value: D64
GUI Value Range: D1~0 D2~1 D4~2 D8~3 D16~4 D32~5

D64~6 INFINITY
Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, INFINITY
Unit: None
Default Value: D64
PrdReportInterval
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval between periodic reporting for the interfrequency handover.

In periodic reporting mode, the inter-frequency handover
attempts is reported at the preset interval. It is not
recommended that this parameter be set to
"NON_PERIODIC_REPORT" since the UE behavior may
be unknown. This parameter has impact on the Uu
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 105 of 148
signaling flow. If the interval is too short and the frequency

is too high, the RNC may have high load when processing
signaling. If the interval is too long, the network cannot
detect the signal changes in time. This may delay the interfrequency handover, thus causing call drops.
D3000~5 D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9
D16000~10 D20000~11 D24000~12 D28000~13
D32000~14 D64000
500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000,
20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D500
PrdReportInterval
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ
(Optional)

D3000~5 D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9
D16000~10 D20000~11 D24000~12 D28000~13
D32000~14 D64000
500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000,
20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D500
PrdReportInterval
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMCDRD
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMCDRD
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval between sending of periodic

measurement reports.
This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If this
parameter is set to a small value, the RNC may have high
load when processing signaling. If this parameter is set to
a great value, the network cannot detect the signal
changes in time. This may delay the inter-frequency
handover.
GUI Value Range: D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D3000,
D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000,
D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000
Actual Value Range: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000,
6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000,
64000
Unit: ms
PrdReportInterval
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMCLDR
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMCLDR
(Optional)
Meaning: The interval between two reports is the

configured value.
This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If the
interval is too short and the frequency is too high, the RNC
may have burden in processing signaling. If the interval is
too long, the network cannot detect the signal change in
time, which may delay the inter-frequency handover.
D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000,
D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000
6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000,
64000
Unit: ms
PrdReportInterval
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

D3000~5 D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9
D16000~10 D20000~11 D24000~12 D28000~13
D32000~14 D64000
500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000,
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 106 of 148
20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000

Unit: ms
Default Value: D500
PrdReportInterval
BSC6900SET
UMCDRD
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval between sending of periodic

measurement reports.
This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If this
parameter is set to a small value, the RNC may have high
load when processing signaling. If this parameter is set to
a great value, the network cannot detect the signal
changes in time. This may delay the inter-frequency
handover.
D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000,
D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000
6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000,
64000
Unit: ms
PrdReportInterval
BSC6900SET
UMCLDR
(Optional)
Meaning: The interval between two reports is the

configured value.
This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If the
interval is too short and the frequency is too high, the RNC
may have burden in processing signaling. If the interval is
too long, the network cannot detect the signal change in
time, which may delay the inter-frequency handover.
D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000,
D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000
6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000,
64000
Unit: ms
PSHOOut2GloadThd
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Threshold for the relocated 2G load in an interRAT handover in PS domain.

This parameter specifies the threshold for the 2G PS load
is, when "NcovHoOn2GldIndA" is set to "ON", the interRAT 3G-to-2G relocation process in PS domain will be
aborted if the cell load relocated to the 2G cell exceeds
this threshold.
Unit: per cent
Default Value: 60
PSHOOut2GloadThd
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Threshold for the relocated 2G load in an interRAT handover in PS domain.

This parameter specifies the threshold for the 2G PS load
is, when "NcovHoOn2GldIndA" is set to "ON", the interRAT 3G-to-2G relocation process in PS domain will be
aborted if the cell load relocated to the 2G cell exceeds
this threshold.
Unit: per cent
Default Value: 60
PSServiceHOSwitch
BSC6900ADD
UCELLHOCOMM
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLHOCOMM
(Optional)
Meaning: Whether the cell allows inter-RAT handover for

PS services.
When the switch is set to ON, the inter-RAT handover for
PS services is enabled. When the switch is set to OFF, the
inter-RAT handover for PS services is disabled.
Based on the Service Handover Indicator of a service and
the related parameter configurations on the network side,
related measurements and inter-RAT handover are
triggered immediately once a service is set up. This switch
is set to ON only when service handover is required.
Generally, the switch is set to OFF.
Note that the service handover is triggered only when the
Service Handover Indicator is set to
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM and the interRAT handover switch for the corresponding service is set
to ON. Both conditions are mandatory. For hybrid services,
the service handover is not triggered.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
RATCELLTYPE
BSC6900ADD
UEXT2GCELL
(Mandatory)
MOD
UEXT2GCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: Identifying the type of the inter-RAT cell

NO_CAPABILITY indicates that the capacity of the GSM
cell remains unknown. It is not recommended to set the
cell type to NO_CAPABILITY. If the cell type is
NO_CAPABILITY, the inter-RAT handover cannot be
triggered.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 107 of 148
GUI Value Range: NO_CAPABILITY(Cell capability

unknown), GSM~1 GPRS~2 EDGE
Actual Value Range: NO_CAPABILITY, GSM, GPRS,
EDGE
Unit: None
Default Value: None
RelThdForDwnGrd
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Relative threshold for immediate rate reduction

after soft handover failure. The rate reduction of the active
set and SHO retry procedure can be triggered without
intra-frequency Measurement reports if the quality of the
cell in the set fulfills the following criterion: Mnew >
Mbest_cell RelThdForDwnGrd
Here,
Mnew: the CPICH Ec/No measurement value of the failed
cell1
CPICH Ec/No measurement value in the latest
measurement report of the best cell identified by the RNC
according to 1D
RelThdForDwnGrd: the relative threshold for direct rate
reduction. It can be configured on the OMU server.
Note: If this parameter is set to smaller value, the
probability of triggering SHO rate reduction becomes low;
however, the intra-frequency interference caused by the
cell that is not added to the active set becomes great. This
may cause call drops. On the contrary, if this parameter is
set to a larger value, the probability of triggering SHO rate
reduction becomes high, and the signal quality is
guaranteed; however, frequent triggering of SHO rate
reduction may affect the user experience.
Actual Value Range: -14.5~14.5, step:0.5
Unit: dB
Default Value: 2
ReportIntervalfor1A
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval at which event 1A is reported after the

reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting.
Generally, event 1A is reported only once. To avoid the
loss of measurement reports, the UE sets the mode of
reporting event 1A to periodical if the cell reporting event
1A is not added to the active set in a specified period of
time. Event 1A is reported for "PeriodMRReportNumfor1A"
times at the interval specified by this parameter. If the
mode of reporting event 1A is set to
"NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the
event 1A reporting mode to periodical.
GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250~1
D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000
500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000
Unit: ms
ReportIntervalfor1A
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

Generally, event 1A is reported only once. To avoid the
loss of measurement reports, the UE sets the mode of
reporting event 1A to periodical if the cell reporting event
1A is not added to the active set in a specified period of
time. Event 1A is reported for "PeriodMRReportNumfor1A"
mode of reporting event 1A is set to
event 1A reporting mode to periodical.
D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000
500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000
Unit: ms
ReportIntervalfor1C
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

Generally, event 1C is reported only once. To avoid the
loss of measurement reports, the UE set the mode of
reporting event 1C to periodical if the cell reporting event
1C is not added to the active set in a specified period of
time. Event 1C is reported for "PeriodMRReportNumfor1C"
mode of reporting event 1C is set to
event 1C reporting mode to periodical.
D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000
500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000
Unit: ms
ReportIntervalfor1C
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

Generally, event 1C is reported only once. To avoid the
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 108 of 148
reporting event 1C to periodical if the cell reporting event

1C is not added to the active set in a specified period of
time. Event 1C is reported for "PeriodMRReportNumfor1C"
mode of reporting event 1C is set to
event 1C reporting mode to periodical.
D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000
500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000
Unit: ms
ReportIntervalfor1J
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval at which event 1J is reported after the

Generally, event 1J is reported only once. To avoid the
reporting event 1J to periodical if the cell reporting event
1J is not added to the DCH active set in a specified period
of time. Event 1J is reported for
"PeriodMRReportNumfor1J" times at the interval specified
by this parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1J is set
to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change
the event 1J reporting mode to periodical.
D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000
500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000
Unit: ms
ReportIntervalfor1J
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval at which event 1J is reported after the

Generally, event 1J is reported only once. To avoid the
reporting event 1J to periodical if the cell reporting event
1J is not added to the DCH active set in a specified period
of time. Event 1J is reported for
"PeriodMRReportNumfor1J" times at the interval specified
by this parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1J is set
to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change
the event 1J reporting mode to periodical.
D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000
500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000
Unit: ms
Req2GCap
BSC6900ADD
UTYPRABBASIC
(Mandatory)
MOD
UTYPRABBASIC
(Optional)
Meaning: Minimum capability of the 2G cell required for

inter-RAT handover from 3G network to 2G network. If the
2G cell is not capable, the handover will not be performed.
An EDGE cell is more capable of supporting PS services
than a GPRS cell, whereas a GPRS cell more capable
than a GSM cell.
GUI Value Range: GSM, GPRS, EDGE
Actual Value Range: GSM, GPRS, EDGE
Unit: None
Default Value: None
RetryCapability
BSC6900SET UFRC
(Optional)
Meaning: HSPA technologies retried by UEs. When

selected, the technology will be retried by the UE when not
applied.
GUI Value Range: SRB_OVER_HSDPA,
SRB_OVER_HSUPA, TTI_2MS, MIMO, 64QAM,
DL_L2_ENHANCE, DTX_DRX,
HSSCCH_LESS_OPERATION, MIMO_64QAM,
DC_HSDPA, UL_L2_ENHANCE, UL_16QAM
Actual Value Range: SRB_OVER_HSDPA,
SRB_OVER_HSUPA, TTI_2MS, MIMO, 64QAM,
L2_ENHANCE, DTX_DRX,
HSSCCH_LESS_OPERATION, MIMO_64QAM,
DC_HSDPA, UL_L2_ENHANCE, UL_16QAM
Unit: None
Default Value: None
SHIND
BSC6900ADD
UTYPRABBASIC
(Mandatory)
MOD
UTYPRABBASIC
(Optional)
Meaning: Service handover attribute. If the

HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH is set to
ON, the service handover setting of this parameter is
applied. Otherwise, the service handover setting assigned
by the CN is applied.
- HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM: Handover to
the 2G network is performed so long as 2G signals are
available.
- HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM:
Handover to the 2G network is performed when 3G signals
are weak but 2G signals are strong.
- HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM: Handover
to the 2G network is not performed even if 3G signals are
weak but 2G signals are strong.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 109 of 148
GUI Value Range:

HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM,
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM,
HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
Actual Value Range:
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM,
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM,
HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
Unit: None
Default Value: None
ShoFailNumForDwnGrd
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Maximum number of SHO failures. This

parameter specifies the maximum number of event
reporting from the cell that fails to be added to the active
set for soft handover. If the value reaches this parameter,
rate reduction of the active set will be triggered, and the
cell will attempt to join the active set again. If this
parameter is set to smaller value, the probability for rate
reduction of active set becomes high; In this case, the cell
that fails to be added to the active set due to load may,
with higher probability, join the active set for soft handover;
however, rate reduction may affects user experience. Note
that this parameter needs to be considered in combination
with the settings of rate reduction evaluation period, and
the reporting intervals of event 1A and 1C. Otherwise, the
reports cannot reach the required numbers to trigger rate
reduction during the rate reduction evaluation period.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
ShoFailPeriod
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Maximum evaluation period of SHO failure.

When the rate reduction evaluation is performed on a cell
that fails to join the active set, the evaluation timer is
started. If the cell cannot fulfill the criterion for rate
reduction before the timer expires, the cell will not be
evaluated, and rate reduction re-attempt will not be
initiated. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the
probability for the target cell to join the active set becomes
high; however, since the RNC can handle only three
evaluation processes simultaneously, the failed cell may
not be handled in time.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
SndLdInfo2GsmInd
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHONCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: If this parameter is set to "ON", the RNC informs

the GSM network of the load carried by the UMTS cell
before the non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover. If this
parameter is set to "OFF", the RNC does not inform the
GSM network of the load carried by the UMTS cell. This
parameter is designed for the UMTS load-based access
control strategy when the 3G-to-2G handover is required.
When the UE is handed over from the UMTS network to
the GSM network, the RNC obtains the load information of
the best cell and sends it to the GSM network. This
parameter is valid only for CS service. The RNC does not
send UMTS cell load information to the GSM in PS
domain.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
SuppPSHOFlag
SuppRIMFlag
TargetFreqCsThdEcN0
BSC6900ADD
UEXT2GCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UEXT2GCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: Identifying whether the inter-RAT cell supports

PS HO. TRUE indicates that the inter-RAT cell is able to
perform the handover procedure with relocation. FALSE
indicates that the cell is unable to do so.
BSC6900ADD
UEXT2GCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UEXT2GCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: Identifying whether the inter-RAT cell supports

RIM. (RIM is used to obtain the SI/PSI information of the
inter-RAT cell.) For the details of RIM process, refer to the
3GPP TS 25.901 protocol.
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Threshold of the target frequency for triggering

inter-frequency measurement based on measurement
quantity of Ec/No for CS services. For CS services, if the
inter-frequency reporting mode is set to
"EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the
criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B can be
triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher
than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is

Unit: None

Unit: None
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 110 of 148
set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for

handover decision.
After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the interfrequency measurement should not be started again. That
is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start
threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
TargetFreqCsThdEcN0
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

inter-frequency reporting mode is set to
handover decision.
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
TargetFreqCsThdRscp
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity of RSCP for CS services. For CS services, For CS
services, if the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to
handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong
handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be
started again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater
than the start threshold for event 2D or equal to the
threshold of event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetFreqCsThdRscp
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity of RSCP for CS services. For CS services, For CS
services, if the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetFreqHThdEcN0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity of Ec/No for HSPA services. For HSPA services,
For CS services, if the inter-frequency reporting mode is
set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set
the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B can
be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is
higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting
mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is
used for handover decision.
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
TargetFreqHThdEcN0
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 111 of 148
(Optional)
quantity of Ec/No for HSPA services. For HSPA services,

used for handover decision.
2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
TargetFreqHThdRscp
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity of RSCP for HSPA services. For HSPA services,
used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent
ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement
should not be started again. That is, this parameter is
usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or
equal to the threshold of event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetFreqHThdRscp
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity of RSCP for HSPA services. For HSPA services,
used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent
ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement
should not be started again. That is, this parameter is
usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or
equal to the threshold of event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity of Ec/No for non-HSPA services in PS domain.
For non-HSPA services in PS domain, For CS services, if
the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 112 of 148

Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity of RSCP for non-HSPA services in PS domain.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetFreqThdEcN0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMCDRD
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMCDRD
(Optional)
Meaning: Ec/No Threshold for the target cell. This

parameter is used to estimate the signal quality of the
periodic reports. The DRD is triggered only when the
signal quality of the target cell is higher than this
parameter. If this parameter is set to a greater value, it is
difficult for subscribers to re-access another cell with a
higher priority; however, the re-attempt success rate is
high. If this parameter is set to a lower value, it is easy for
subscribers to re-access another cell with a higher priority;
however, the re-attempt success rate however is low.
Note: The threshold can be reached only when RSCP and
Ec/No of the target cell are above the RSCP and EcNo
that are set in the command.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
TargetFreqThdEcN0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMCLDR
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMCLDR
(Optional)
Meaning: Estimate the signal quality of the periodic

reports. The inter-frequency handover is triggered only
when the signal quality of the target cell is higher than this
parameter. Note: The threshold can be reached only when
RSCP and EcNo of the target cell are above the RSCP
and EcNo that are set in the command.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
TargetFreqThdEcN0
BSC6900SET
UMCDRD
(Optional)
Meaning: Ec/No Threshold for the target cell. This

Ec/No of the target cell are above the RSCP and EcNo
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
TargetFreqThdEcN0
Page 113 of 148
BSC6900SET
UMCLDR
(Optional)

Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
TargetFreqThdRscp
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMCDRD
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMCDRD
(Optional)
Meaning: RSCP Threshold for the target cell. This

Ec/No of the target cell are above the RSCP and Ec/No
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetFreqThdRscp
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMCLDR
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMCLDR
(Optional)

Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetFreqThdRscp
BSC6900SET
UMCDRD
(Optional)
Meaning: RSCP Threshold for the target cell. This

Ec/No of the target cell are above the RSCP and Ec/No
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetFreqThdRscp
BSC6900SET
UMCLDR
(Optional)

Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetRatCsThd
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

For CS services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting
Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is
used to set the criterion for triggering event 3A. That is,
event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the target
frequency is higher than this threshold and the
measurement quality of the current CS services is lower
than the quality of the currently used frequency. If the
value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to
"PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used to
evaluate inter-RAT coverage handovers at the RNC. Note
that 0 means a value smaller than -110 dBm.
If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to
measurement report fulfils the following criterion:
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 114 of 148

timeout:
measurement report.
Here,
another inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 16
TargetRatCsThd
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

For CS services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting
measurement quality of the current CS services is lower
timeout:
measurement report.
Here,
another inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 16
TargetRatHThd
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

during inter-RAT handover for HSPA services.
For PS services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting
measurement quality of the current PS services is lower
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 115 of 148

timeout:
measurement report.
Here,
another inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 16
TargetRatHThd
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

during inter-RAT handover for HSPA services.
For PS services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting
timeout:
measurement report.
Here,
another inter-RAT.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 116 of 148

Unit: dBm
Default Value: 16
TargetRatR99PsThd
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

during inter-RAT handover for PS domain non-HSPA
services.
For PS domain non-HSPA services, if the value of "InterRAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this
parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event
3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of
the target frequency is higher than this threshold and the
timeout:
measurement report.
Here,
another inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 16
TargetRatR99PsThd
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

during inter-RAT handover for PS domain non-HSPA
services.
For PS domain non-HSPA services, if the value of "InterRAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this
parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event
3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of
the target frequency is higher than this threshold and the
timeout:
measurement report.
Here,
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 117 of 148
another inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 16
TCycleSlow
BSC6900ADD
UCELLHCSHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLHCSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Period for determine whether the UE is in lowmobility state.

The RNC periodically determines whether the UE is in lowmobility state. The smaller the value is, the more frequently
the state estimation is triggered. If the parameter is set to
0, the RNC does not determine whether the UE is in lowmobility state.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
TCycleSlow
BSC6900SET
UHCSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Period for determine whether the UE is in lowmobility state.

The RNC periodically determines whether the UE is in lowmobility state. The smaller the value is, the more frequently
the state estimation is triggered. If the parameter is set to
0, the RNC does not determine whether the UE is in lowmobility state.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
TFastSpdEst
BSC6900ADD
UCELLHCSHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLHCSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Time window for estimating whether the UE is in

The start point of the estimation is the moment of the last
reporting of event 1D, and the backdated time length is
determined by this parameter. If the parameter is set to 0,
the RNC does not decide whether the UE is in highmobility state.
Unit: s
Default Value: 180
TFastSpdEst
BSC6900SET
UHCSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Time window for estimating whether the UE is in

The start point of the estimation is the moment of the last
reporting of event 1D, and the backdated time length is
determined by this parameter. If the parameter is set to 0,
the RNC does not decide whether the UE is in highmobility state.
Unit: s
Default Value: 180
TimeToTrig2B
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval time between the detection of event 2B

and sending of measurement report. This parameter
correlates with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a
greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes
low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in
responding to signal change.
The emulation results show that setting this interval can
effectively reduce the average number of handovers and
the number of incorrect handovers, preventing
unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different
rates may react differently to the same interval. For the
fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this
interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop
rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell
with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be
set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the
slow-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater
value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted
according to the actual network statistics.
GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100,
D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160,
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 118 of 148
Unit: ms
Default Value: D0
TimeToTrig2B
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval time between the detection of event 2B

and sending of measurement report. This parameter
D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D0
TimeToTrig2D
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 2D and

sending of the measurement report. This parameter
D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D320
TimeToTrig2D
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D320
TimeToTrig2F
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 2F and

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 119 of 148

D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
TimeToTrig2F
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
TimeToTrigForNonVerify
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Time delay for triggering handovers to GSM cells

with non-verified BSIC.
During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the
signal quality in a neighboring GSM cell fulfills inter-RAT
handover criteria and the neighboring GSM cell is not
verified, an inter-RAT handover is triggered. When this
parameter value is 65535, the RNC does not perform interRAT handovers to non-verified GSM cells. If this
parameter is set to a larger value, the average number of
handovers decreases, but call drops may occur.
GUI Value Range: 0~64000,65535
Actual Value Range: 0~64000, 65535
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERRAT
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMBDRINTERRAT
(Optional)

Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
TimeToTrigForPrdInterFreq
BSC6900ADD
Meaning: Interval between reception of periodical reports
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV and triggering of the inter-frequency handover.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 120 of 148
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Only the inter-frequency cell in which the signal quality is

above a certain threshold in all periodic reports during a
time equal to this parameter can be selected as the target
cell for the inter-frequency handover. If this parameter is
set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision
becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes
slow in responding to signal change. The emulation results
show that setting this interval can effectively reduce the
average number of handovers and the number of incorrect
handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In
addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to
the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop
rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the
slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this
interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving
UEs, this parameter can be set to a smaller value,
whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving UEs, this
parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this
parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network
statistics.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ
(Optional)

and triggering of the inter-frequency handover.
statistics.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

and triggering of the inter-frequency handover.
statistics.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
TimeToTrigForVerify
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

with verified BSIC.
handover criteria and the neighboring GSM cell is verified,
an inter-RAT handover is triggered.
The criterion for triggering inter-RAT handover is as
follows:
Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2
If the quality of the neighboring GSM cell meets the
preceding criterion, the RAN starts the trigger timer. After
the timer expires, the RAN makes inter-RAT handover
decision. The length of the trigger timer is called the time
to trigger verified GSM cell.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 121 of 148
This parameter and the hysteresis are used together to

prevent incorrect decisions caused by signal jitters during
inter-RAT handover decisions.
Considering that the UE is on the edge of the system, this
parameter should be set to a comparatively low value. In
situations where a GSM cell is verified, the performance of
the GSM cell is generally regarded as good. In this case,
the parameter can be set to 0, which indicates that the
handover is performed immediately.
If this parameter is set to a larger value, the average
number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
TimeToTrigForVerify
BSC6900ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERRAT
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMBDRINTERRAT
(Optional)

with verified BSIC.
follows:
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
TimeToTrigForVerify
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

with verified BSIC.
follows:
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
TRelateLength
BSC6900ADD
UCELLHCSHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLHCSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Time window for determining whether ping-pong

handover occurs in the best cell during the UE speed
estimation.
In the speed estimation algorithm, an algorithm is adopted
to avoid inaccurate estimation caused by frequent
handovers of best cells. That is, during the latest
"TRELATELENGTH", if more than one event 1D of a
certain cell occurs, the event 1D record is restored to the
state when the 1st event 1D occurs during the latest
"TRELATELENGTH". The given time length is set by this
parameter. If this parameter is set too great, the RNC may
mistakenly determine that ping-pong handover to the best
cell occurs. If this parameter is set too small, ping-pong
handover cannot be prevented. Thus, it is recommended
that this parameter be set according to the cell radius.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 122 of 148

Unit: s
Default Value: 10
TRelateLength
BSC6900SET
UHCSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Time window for determining whether ping-pong

handover occurs in the best cell during the UE speed
estimation.
In the speed estimation algorithm, an algorithm is adopted
to avoid inaccurate estimation caused by frequent
handovers of best cells. That is, during the latest
"TRELATELENGTH", if more than one event 1D of a
certain cell occurs, the event 1D record is restored to the
state when the 1st event 1D occurs during the latest
"TRELATELENGTH". The given time length is set by this
parameter. If this parameter is set too great, the RNC may
mistakenly determine that ping-pong handover to the best
cell occurs. If this parameter is set too small, ping-pong
handover cannot be prevented. Thus, it is recommended
that this parameter be set according to the cell radius.
Unit: s
Default Value: 10
TrigTime1A
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1A and

sending of the measurement report. The value of this
is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect
decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm
becomes slow in responding to signal change. The time-totrigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes:
Reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by
burst signals Preventing the ping-pong handover Reducing
the impact of shadow fading on event decisions
Setting an appropriate triggering delay effectively reduces
the average number of handovers and the number of
wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the average
According to TS 25.133 V3.6.0, intra-frequency
measurement physical layer updates the measurement
result once every 200 ms. Therefore, the time-to-trigger
mechanism is invalid if the interval is shorter than 200 ms.
The time-to-trigger interval should be close to a multiple of
200 sin addition, the UE at different rates may react
differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the
call drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for
the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to
the interval. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers
and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where
most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set
to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs
are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a
greater value. In addition, different events require different
values of the time-to-trigger parameter: the event of adding
cells to the active set (event 1A) requires a smaller value
of the time-to-trigger parameter; the events of replacing
cells in the active set (events 1C and 1D) require fewer
ping-pong and incorrect handovers and have no great
impact on the call drop rate, and therefore the time-totrigger parameter can be set to a great value; the events of
deleting cells in the active set (events 1B and 1F) require
fewer ping-pong handovers, and thus the time-to-trigger
parameter can be adjusted, based on the actual network
statistics. You are advised to set the time-to-trigger
parameter for different events in a macro cell to a value
from the following ranges: Table 1. Typical triggering delay
for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5
(km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set
the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At the speed of
50 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to
set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). At the speed
of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise
to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical
configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B
or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set
the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-totrigger parameter for different events should be shortened
as required. If the handover cannot be triggered in time,
the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be
changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B
needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the interval
for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered
timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for
event 1B is prolonged, the average number of handovers
and number of ping-pong handovers decrease, thus
reducing the call drop rate. These adjustments, however,
may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the over use of
the forward resources.
D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 123 of 148
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D320
TrigTime1A
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1A and

Setting an appropriate triggering delay effectively reduces
the average number of handovers and the number of
wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers.
200 sin addition, the UE at different rates may react
from the following ranges: Table 1. Typical triggering delay
for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5
(km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set
the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At the speed of
50 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to
set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). At the speed
of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise
to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical
configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B
or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set
the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-totrigger parameter for different events should be shortened
as required. If the handover cannot be triggered in time,
the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be
changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B
needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the interval
for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered
timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for
event 1B is prolonged, the average number of handovers
and number of ping-pong handovers decrease, thus
reducing the call drop rate. These adjustments, however,
may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the over use of
the forward resources.
D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D320
TrigTime1A
BSC6900SET USMLC
(Mandatory)
Meaning: Delay to trigger the event 1A. The value of this

parameter is related to slow fading.
D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D160
TrigTime1B
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1B and

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 124 of 148
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the
average number of handovers and the number of wrong
handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on
network performance:
200 ms. In addition, the UE at different rates may react
from the following ranges:\Table 1. Typical time-to-trigger
interval for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the
speed of 5 (km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are
advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At
the speed of 50 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are
the speed of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you
are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms).
Typical configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for
events 1B or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are
advised to set the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell,
the time-to-trigger parameter for different events should be
shortened as required. If the handover cannot be triggered
in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to
be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event
1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the
interval for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be
triggered timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the
interval for event 1B is prolonged, the average number of
handovers and number of ping-pong handovers decrease,
thus reducing the call drop rate. These adjustments,
however, may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the
over use of the forward resources.
D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1B
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1B and

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 125 of 148

D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1B
BSC6900SET USMLC
(Mandatory)
Meaning: Delay to trigger the event 1B. The value of this

parameter is related to slow fading.
D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
TrigTime1C
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1C and

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 126 of 148

D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1C
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1C and

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 127 of 148

D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1D
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 128 of 148
D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1D
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1F
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 129 of 148

D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1F
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 130 of 148

D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1J
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1J and

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 131 of 148

D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1J
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1J and

http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 132 of 148

D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime2F
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

sending of the measurement report.
incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover
algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change.
The emulation result shows that the hysteresis setting can
the number of incorrect handovers, thus preventing
unnecessary handovers. The emulation result also shows
that the UE at different data rates may react differently to
the delay for triggering the event. For the fast-moving UE,
the call drop rate is more sensitive to the delay, whereas,
for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive
to the delay. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers
greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted
D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
TrigTime2F
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)

sending of the measurement report.
incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover
algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change.
The emulation result shows that the hysteresis setting can
the number of incorrect handovers, thus preventing
unnecessary handovers. The emulation result also shows
that the UE at different data rates may react differently to
the delay for triggering the event. For the fast-moving UE,
the call drop rate is more sensitive to the delay, whereas,
for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive
to the delay. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers
greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted
D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560,
D5000
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
TSlowSpdEst
BSC6900ADD
UCELLHCSHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLHCSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Time window for deciding whether the UE is in

low-mobility state.
Every time the slow speed period timer expires, the RNC
estimates whether the UE is in low-mobility state. This
parameter specifies the duration of the timer. If this
parameter is set to 0, the RNC does not determine
whether the UE is in low-mobility state.
Unit: s
Default Value: 240
TSlowSpdEst
BSC6900SET
UHCSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Time window for deciding whether the UE is in

low-mobility state.
Every time the slow speed period timer expires, the RNC
estimates whether the UE is in low-mobility state. This
parameter specifies the duration of the timer. If this
parameter is set to 0, the RNC does not determine
whether the UE is in low-mobility state.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 133 of 148

Unit: s
Default Value: 240
ULQosMcTimerLen
BSC6900MOD
UCELLQOSHO
(Optional)
ADD
UCELLQOSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Timer length for uplink Qos measurement.

the serving cell.
drops.
Unit: s
Default Value: 20
ULQosMcTimerLen
BSC6900SET
UQOSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Timer length for uplink Qos measurement.

the serving cell.
drops.
Unit: s
Default Value: 20
UlSFTurnPoint
BSC6900ADD
UCELLCMCF
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLCMCF
(Optional)
Meaning: Uplink CM implementation mode selection

threshold.
When the uplink spreading factor is greater than or equal
to the value of this parameter, the SF/2 mode is preferred.
Otherwise, the high-layer scheduling mode is preferred.
Unit: None
Default Value: D64
UlSFTurnPoint
BSC6900SET UCMCF
(Optional)
Meaning: Uplink CM implementation mode selection

threshold.
When the uplink spreading factor is greater than or equal
to the value of this parameter, the SF/2 mode is preferred.
Otherwise, the high-layer scheduling mode is preferred.
Unit: None
Default Value: D64
UsedFreqCSThdEcN0
BSC6900ADD
Meaning: Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV inter-frequency measurement based on measurement
(Optional)
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 134 of 148
MOD
value of "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set
(Optional)
the measurement control of event 2B. One of the
necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met
only when the quality of the target frequency is smaller
than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only
when both the necessary conditions are met.
After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is
triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE
again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this
parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for
event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
UsedFreqCSThdEcN0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of CS

services.
For CS services, if Ec/No is used as the measurement
quantity for inter-RAT measurement and the value of
"Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER",
this parameter is used to set the measurement control of
event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the
quality of the currently used frequency is lower than this
threshold and the TargetRatCsThd criterion is fulfilled.
When the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to
"EVENT_TRIGGER", the quality of the currently used
frequency fulfills the criterion QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2,
and the quality of the target frequency fulfills the criterion
Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2, the RNC starts
the trigger timer and reports event 3A when the timer
expires.
Here,
QUsed is the estimated quality of the currently used
frequency of UTRAN.
Tused is the quality threshold for the currently used
frequency of GSM.
another inter-RAT.
When the signal quality of the currently used frequency is
poor, that is, below the specified value of this parameter,
you can infer that the frequency cannot meet the coverage
requirements of the current services. Event 2F indicates
that the quality of the currently used frequency is restored.
Therefore, this parameter is usually set lower than the
triggering threshold of event 2F, or is set equally to the
triggering threshold of event 2D.
For combined services, the parameter configuration for CS
services should be adopted as long as CS services are
involved.
If this parameter is set to a larger value, event 3A is likely
to be triggered. However, handover is likely to be triggered
when the frequency quality in the current system is
acceptable for the UE if the value of this parameter is set
too large.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
UsedFreqCSThdEcN0
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
UsedFreqCSThdEcN0
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of CS

services.
For CS services, if Ec/No is used as the measurement
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 135 of 148

expires.
Here,
frequency of UTRAN.
frequency of GSM.
another inter-RAT.
involved.
too large.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
UsedFreqCSThdRSCP
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity of RSCP for CS services. For CS services, if the
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
UsedFreqCSThdRSCP
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of CS

domain services.
For CS services, if RSCP is used as the measurement
expires.
Here,
frequency of UTRAN.
frequency of GSM.
another inter-RAT.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 136 of 148

involved.
too large.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -97
UsedFreqCSThdRSCP
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity of RSCP for CS services. For CS services, if the
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
UsedFreqCSThdRSCP
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of CS

domain services.
For CS services, if RSCP is used as the measurement
expires.
Here,
frequency of UTRAN.
frequency of GSM.
another inter-RAT.
involved.
too large.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -97
UsedFreqHThdEcN0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV inter-frequency measurement based on measurement
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 137 of 148
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
quantity of Ec/No for HSPA services. For HSPA services, if

the value of "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode"
is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
UsedFreqHThdEcN0
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of

HSPA services.
For HSPA services, if Ec/No is used as the measurement
threshold and the TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled.
expires.
Here,
frequency of UTRAN.
frequency of GSM.
another inter-RAT.
involved.
too large.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
UsedFreqHThdEcN0
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity of Ec/No for HSPA services. For HSPA services, if
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
UsedFreqHThdEcN0
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of

HSPA services.
For HSPA services, if Ec/No is used as the measurement
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 138 of 148

expires.
Here,
frequency of UTRAN.
frequency of GSM.
another inter-RAT.
involved.
too large.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
UsedFreqHThdRSCP
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity of RSCP for HSPA services. For HSPA services, if
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
UsedFreqHThdRSCP
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of

HSPA services.
For HSPA services, if RSCP is used as the measurement
expires.
Here,
frequency of UTRAN.
frequency of GSM.
another inter-RAT.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 139 of 148

involved.
too large.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
UsedFreqHThdRSCP
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

quantity of RSCP for HSPA services. For HSPA services, if
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
UsedFreqHThdRSCP
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of

HSPA services.
For HSPA services, if RSCP is used as the measurement
expires.
Here,
frequency of UTRAN.
frequency of GSM.
another inter-RAT.
involved.
too large.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
UsedFreqMeasQuantityForQos3A BSC6900MOD
Meaning: This parameter configures the used frequency
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 140 of 148
UCELLQOSHO
(Optional)
ADD
UCELLQOSHO
(Optional)
measurement quantity to trigger the inter-RAT

measurement for the purpose of Qos-based handover. The
parameter is valid when the event reporting mode is
selected for inter-RAT.
RSCP: received signal code power
CPICH_Ec/NO: the measurement quantity used for event
2D and 2F, with unit of dB
CPICH_RSCP: the measurement quantity used for event
2D and 2F, with unit of dBm
The RNC, in the coverage-based inter-RAT measurement,
may configure that the inter-RAT measurement quantity
are delivered according to event 2D that triggers the
measurement, which causes the result that the Qos-based
inter-RAT measurement cannot refer to the coveragebased configurations. Under this condition, it is necessary
for the Qos-based inter-RAT measurement to set the used
frequency separately. When both the Qos-based and the
coverage-based inter-RAT measurements exist, refer to
this parameter.
When the UE moves to the cell border, and there is a intrafrequency neighboring cell in the moving direction,
CPCICH Ec/No varies faster than RSCP and the quality of
the current cell should be evaluated according to CPCICH
Ec/No. When there is no intra-frequency neighboring cell in
the direction, CPCICH RSCP varies faster than Ec/No and
the quality should be evaluated according to CPCICH
RSCP. If the measurement quantity is not properly
selected, the handover may not be performed timely, thus
resulting in call drops.
GUI Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP
Actual Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP
Unit: None
Default Value: CPICH_RSCP
UsedFreqMeasQuantityForQos3A BSC6900SET
UQOSHO
(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter configures the used frequency

measurement quantity to trigger the inter-RAT
measurement for the purpose of Qos-based handover. The
parameter is valid when the event reporting mode is
selected for inter-RAT.
RSCP: received signal code power
CPICH_Ec/NO: the measurement quantity used for event
2D and 2F, with unit of dB
CPICH_RSCP: the measurement quantity used for event
2D and 2F, with unit of dBm
The RNC, in the coverage-based inter-RAT measurement,
may configure that the inter-RAT measurement quantity
are delivered according to event 2D that triggers the
measurement, which causes the result that the Qos-based
inter-RAT measurement cannot refer to the coveragebased configurations. Under this condition, it is necessary
for the Qos-based inter-RAT measurement to set the used
frequency separately. When both the Qos-based and the
coverage-based inter-RAT measurements exist, refer to
this parameter.
When the UE moves to the cell border, and there is a intrafrequency neighboring cell in the moving direction,
CPCICH Ec/No varies faster than RSCP and the quality of
the current cell should be evaluated according to CPCICH
Ec/No. When there is no intra-frequency neighboring cell in
the direction, CPCICH RSCP varies faster than Ec/No and
the quality should be evaluated according to CPCICH
RSCP. If the measurement quantity is not properly
selected, the handover may not be performed timely, thus
resulting in call drops.
GUI Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP
Actual Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP
Unit: None
Default Value: CPICH_RSCP
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

For non-HSPA services in PS domain, if the value of "Interfrequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to
EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the
measurement control of event 2B. One of the necessary
conditions for triggering event 2B can be met only when
the quality of the target frequency is smaller than this
threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both
the necessary conditions are met.
Unit: dB
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 141 of 148
Default Value: -12

BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of PS

domain non-HSPA services.
For PS domain non-HSPA services, if Ec/No is used as the
measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement and the
measurement control of event 3A. That is, event 3A is
triggered only when the quality of the currently used
frequency is lower than this threshold and the
TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled.
expires.
Here,
frequency of UTRAN.
frequency of GSM.
another inter-RAT.
involved.
too large.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of PS

For PS domain non-HSPA services, if Ec/No is used as the
measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement and the
expires.
Here,
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 142 of 148
frequency of UTRAN.
frequency of GSM.
another inter-RAT.
involved.
too large.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of PS

For PS domain non-HSPA services, if RSCP is used as
the measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement and
the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to
expires.
Here,
frequency of UTRAN.
frequency of GSM.
another inter-RAT.
involved.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 143 of 148

too large.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)

Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of PS

For PS domain non-HSPA services, if RSCP is used as
the measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement and
the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to
expires.
Here,
frequency of UTRAN.
frequency of GSM.
another inter-RAT.
involved.
too large.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
UseOfHcs
UseOfHcs
BSC6900ADD
UCELLHCS
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLHCS
(Optional)
Meaning: Indicating whether HCS is used. For details,

refer to 3GPP TS 25.304.
BSC6900ADD
UEXT2GCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter indicates whether HCS is used.
GUI Value Range: USED, NOT_USED

Actual Value Range: USED, NOT_USED
Unit: None
Default Value: NOT_USED
GUI Value Range: USED(HCS cell), NOT_USED(Non
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 144 of 148
MOD
UEXT2GCELL
(Optional)
UseOfHcs
Weight
HCS cell)
Unit: None
BSC6900ADD
UEXT3GCELL
(Optional)
MOD
UEXT3GCELL
(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter indicates whether HCS is used.
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Used for calculating the relative threshold of the

soft handover based on the measurement report of each
cell in the active set. If this parameter is set to a greater
value, the relative threshold of the soft handover is greater
with the other conditions unchanged. For details on the
definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331. When
this parameter is set to 0, the general quality of the active
set is the quality of the best cell. In this case, the relative
threshold of soft handover depends on the related
measurement values of the best cell in the active set.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the thresholds
for triggering soft handover for events 1A and 1B are
greater under the same conditions. In this case, the
probability for adding a cell to the active set decreases,
and that for removing a cell from the active set increases.
If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability
for adding a cell to the active set increases, and that for
removing a cell from the active set decreases.
GUI Value Range: USED(HCS cell), NOT_USED(Non

HCS cell)
Unit: None

Actual Value Range: 0~2, step:0.1
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
Weight
BSC6900SET
UINTRAFREQHO
(Optional)
Meaning: Used for calculating the relative threshold of the

soft handover based on the measurement report of each
cell in the active set. If this parameter is set to a greater
value, the relative threshold of the soft handover is greater
with the other conditions unchanged. For details on the
definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331. When
this parameter is set to 0, the general quality of the active
set is the quality of the best cell. In this case, the relative
threshold of soft handover depends on the related
measurement values of the best cell in the active set.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the thresholds
for triggering soft handover for events 1A and 1B are
greater under the same conditions. In this case, the
probability for adding a cell to the active set decreases,
and that for removing a cell from the active set increases.
If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability
for adding a cell to the active set increases, and that for
removing a cell from the active set decreases.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
WeightForUsedFreq
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Weight factor for computing the general quality

of the used frequency.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the higher quality
of the active set is obtained. If this parameter is set to 0,
the general quality of the active set is considered the
quality of the best cell in this set. For details about this
parameter, see the subsection of frequency quality
estimation in the section of inter-frequency measurement
in 3GPP TS 25.331. This parameter is used for eventtriggered reporting of inter-frequency handovers for events
2D, 2F, 2B and 2C, but not used for periodical reporting of
inter-frequency handovers. If this parameter is set to a
greater value, the quality of the current frequency is higher
in the same condition. In this case, inter-frequency
handover is not likely to be triggered. If this parameter is
set to a smaller value, the quality of the current frequency
is lower in the same condition. In this case, inter-frequency
handover is likely to be triggered. Generally, this
parameter is set to 0 or 1. Whether the handover is easy or
difficult to trigger is not decided by setting this parameter.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
WeightForUsedFreq
BSC6900ADD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Weight factor used for computing the general

quality of frequencies.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the estimated
general quality of the current frequency in the same
condition is higher. In this case, inter-RAT handover is
unlikely to be triggered. If this parameter is set to a smaller
value, the estimated general quality of the current
frequency in the same condition is lower. In this case,
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 145 of 148
inter-frequency handover is likely to be triggered. When

the parameter value is set to 0, the quality of the best cell
in an active set is regarded as the general quality of an
active set. This parameter is used for event 3A evaluation.
To set this parameter, see the method for setting the intrafrequency handover weighting factor "Weight".
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
WeightForUsedFreq
BSC6900SET
UINTERFREQHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Weight factor for computing the general quality

of the used frequency.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the higher quality
of the active set is obtained. If this parameter is set to 0,
the general quality of the active set is considered the
quality of the best cell in this set. For details about this
parameter, see the subsection of frequency quality
estimation in the section of inter-frequency measurement
in 3GPP TS 25.331. This parameter is used for eventtriggered reporting of inter-frequency handovers for events
2D, 2F, 2B and 2C, but not used for periodical reporting of
inter-frequency handovers. If this parameter is set to a
greater value, the quality of the current frequency is higher
in the same condition. In this case, inter-frequency
handover is not likely to be triggered. If this parameter is
set to a smaller value, the quality of the current frequency
is lower in the same condition. In this case, inter-frequency
handover is likely to be triggered. Generally, this
parameter is set to 0 or 1. Whether the handover is easy or
difficult to trigger is not decided by setting this parameter.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
WeightForUsedFreq
BSC6900SET
UINTERRATHOCOV
(Optional)
Meaning: Weight factor used for computing the general

quality of frequencies.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the estimated
general quality of the current frequency in the same
condition is higher. In this case, inter-RAT handover is
unlikely to be triggered. If this parameter is set to a smaller
value, the estimated general quality of the current
frequency in the same condition is lower. In this case,
inter-frequency handover is likely to be triggered. When
the parameter value is set to 0, the quality of the best cell
in an active set is regarded as the general quality of an
active set. This parameter is used for event 3A evaluation.
To set this parameter, see the method for setting the intrafrequency handover weighting factor "Weight".
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 146 of 148
14 Counters
For details, see the BSC6900 UMTS Performance Counter Reference and the NodeB Performance Counter Reference.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 147 of 148
15 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see the Glossary.
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010
Handover
Page 148 of 148
16 Reference Documents
[1]
3GPP TS 23.122: Non Access Stratum functions related to Mobile Station (MS) in idle mode
[2]
3GPP TS 24.008: Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Core Network Protocols - Stage 3
[3]
3GPP TS 25.304: UE Procedures in Idle Mode and Procedures for Cell Reselection in Connected Mode
[4]
3GPP TS 25.331: RRC Protocol Specification
[5]
3GPP TS 23.060: General Packet Radio Service (GPRS); Service description
[6]
3GPP TS 25.931: UTRAN Functions, Examples on Signaling Procedures
[7]
BSC6900 UMTS Performance Counter Reference
[8]
NodeB Performance Counter Reference
[9]
Glossary
http://127.0.0.1:52199/hedex/pages/150445741/03%20(2010-10-15)/150445741/03%20(...
12/28/2010

Huawei Handover PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Huawei Handover PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Handover

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved.

Trademarks and Permissions

4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

5 Coverage or QoS Handover

7.3.2 Preselection Phase

11 Neighboring Cell Combination

1.2 Intended Audience

Personnel who are familiar with WCDMA basics

Personnel who need to understand handover

Personnel who work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History

Feature change: refers to the change in the handover feature.

The parameter EHSPACMPermissionInd is

HCS traffic absorption is removed.

The parameters deleted are as follows:

HSPA+ handover is moved from HSPA+

Compatibility Switch for Dual-frequency

The parameters added are as follows:

Intra-Frequency Soft Handover

Intra-RNC inter-NodeB soft handover (WRFD-020202 Intra RNC Soft Handover)

Inter-RNC soft handover (WRFD-020203Inter RNC Soft Handover)

When the UE is in the overlapped

When the UE is in the overlapped coverage

When the UE communicates with

When the UE communicates with different cells

Uplink signal Using maximum-ratio combination

Using selective combination

Using maximum-ratio combination

Using maximum-ratio combination

Resource use Occupying less Iub bandwidth

Occupying more Iub bandwidth

Intra-Frequency Hard Handover

Inter RNC Handover

The SHOTRIG parameter consists of three subswitches:

3.2 Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure

Event trigger threshold

Event trigger delay time

Neighboring cell list

3.3 Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement

Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Quantities

Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Events

The best cell changes.

10 x Log(MNew) + CIONew W x 10 x Log(

) + (1 - W) x 10 x Log(MBest) - (R1a - H1a/2)

MNew is the measurement value of the cell in the reporting range.

Mi is the measurement value of a cell in the active set.

H1a represents 1A hysteresis, the hysteresis value of event 1A

Figure 3-2 Triggering of event 1A

A: signal quality curve of the best cell in the active set

B: signal quality curve of a cell in the monitored set

10 x Log(Mold) + CIOold W x 10 x Log(

) + (1-W) x 10 x Log(MBest) - (R1b+H1b/2)

MOld is the measurement value of the cell that becomes worse.

Mi is the measurement value of a cell in the active set.

Configuration rule and restriction

The value of IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP.

The value of IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP.

The value of IntraRelThdFor1BPS has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1APS.

A: signal quality curve of the best cell in the active set

B: signal quality curve of the best cell in the monitored set

Event 1C is triggered under the following condition:

MNew is the measurement value of the cell in the reporting range.